ID|TYPE|DESIGNATIO|APPROVAL|YEAR|CLASSIFICA|TITLE|PAGES|LIST_PRICE|MEMBER_PRI|MEMBER_RED|MEMBER_HST|SCOPE|SUBJECT_IN|CONTROL_NU|IMAGE_PATH|REFERENCED|REPLACED_B|DATE_REPLA|DATE_WITHD|COLLECTION|FILE_SIZE|CD_LOC|EXPIRATION|LAST_MODIF|SPONSORING|HOMEBOOK|ALERT|MESSAGE|MKT_CODE|DESIGNATIOYEAR|PDFYEAR|NO_PDF|ACTIVE|DESIGNATIO_NOPUNC|TITLE_NOPUNC|FULL_IMAGE_PATH|SignificanceAndUse|Abstract|SHORT_DESIGNATIO|SHORT_TITLE|DOI 25258|Active|ANS/ISO4135|2003-04-03|01|ISO|Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment— Vocabulary Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|78|134.00|134.00||||ICS Number Code 01.040.11 (Health care technology (Vocabularies)); 11.040.10 (Anaesthetic, respiratory and reanimation equipment)||TRUE/ISO4135|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|I|||||F29.16||||HC3|||||ANSISO4135|Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment— Vocabulary Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|ISO4135|||ANSISO4135|Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment— Vocabulary Approved as an...| 25259|Active|ANS/ISO10079.1|2003-04-03|99|ISO|Medical Suction Equipment—Part 1: Electrically Powered Suction Equipment—Safety Requirements Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|40|93.00|93.00||||||TRUE/ISO10079.1|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.17||||HC3|||||ANSISO100791|Medical Suction Equipment—Part 1: Electrically Powered Suction Equipment—Safety Requirements Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|ISO10079.1|||ANSISO100791|Medical Suction Equipment—Part 1: Electrically Powered Suction...| 25266|Active|ANS/ISO10079.2|2003-04-03|99|ISO|Medical Suction Equipment—Part 2: Manually Powered Suction Equipment Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|23|64.00|64.00||||||TRUE/ISO10079.2|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.17||||HC3|||||ANSISO100792|Medical Suction Equipment—Part 2: Manually Powered Suction Equipment Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|ISO10079.2|||ANSISO100792|Medical Suction Equipment—Part 2: Manually Powered Suction Equipment...| 25267|Active|ANS/ISO10079.3|2003-04-03|99|ISO|Medical Suction Equipment—Part 3: Suction Equipment Powered from a Vacuum or Pressure Source Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|31|78.00|78.00||||||TRUE/ISO10079.3|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.17||||HC3|||||ANSISO100793|Medical Suction Equipment—Part 3: Suction Equipment Powered from a Vacuum or Pressure Source Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|ISO10079.3|||ANSISO100793|Medical Suction Equipment—Part 3: Suction Equipment Powered from a...| 26692|Active|ANS/ISO5359|2003-05-27|00E|ISO|Low-Pressure Hose Assemblies for Use with Medical Gases Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|42|88.00|88.00|||

1.1 This International Standard specifies requirements for low-pressure hose assemblies intended for use with the following medical gases;
—oxygen;
—Nitrous oxide;
—air for breathing;
—helium;
—xenon
—specified mixtures of the gases listed above;
—air for driving surgical tools;
—nitrogen for driving surgical tools;
—nitric oxide/nitrogen mixtures;
—vacuum.

It is intended in particular to ensure gas-specificity and to prevent cross-connection between systems conveying different gases.

These hose assemblies are intended to be used at pressure less than 1 400 kPa.

1.2 This International Standard specifies the allocation of non-interchangeable screw-threaded (NIST) connectors and diameter-index safety system (DISS) connectors to medical gases and specifies the dimentionsof non-interchangeable screw-threaded (NIST) connectors.

1.3 This International Standard does not specify:
—requirements for coaxial hoses used for the supply and disposal of air for driving surgical tools;
—requirements for electrical conductivity.

1.4 This International Standard does not specify the intended uses of hose assemblies.

|ICS Number Code 11.040.10 (Anaesthetic, respiratory and reanimation equipment); 23.040.70 (Hoses and hose assemblies)||TRUE/ISO5359|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.10||||HC3|||||ANSISO5359|Low-Pressure Hose Assemblies for Use with Medical Gases Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|ISO5359|||ANSISO5359|Low-Pressure Hose Assemblies for Use with Medical Gases Approved as an...| 31147|Active|ANS/ISO5361|2003-12-02|99|ISO|Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment—Tracheal Tubes and Connectors Approved as an American National Standard by ASTM International|33|83.00|83.00|||

This International Standard specified requirements for the dimensions, basic properties and method of size designation of the most commonly used types of or-tracheal and naso-tracheal tube made of plastics materials and/or rubber (plain and cuffed), and requirements for tracheal tube connectors.

Specialized tubes are excluded from the scope of this International Standard.

|ICS Number Code 11.040.10 (Anaesthetic, respiratory and reanimation equipment)||TRUE/ISO5361|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.12||||HC3|||||ANSISO5361|Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment—Tracheal Tubes and Connectors Approved as an American National Standard by ASTM International|ISO5361|||ANSISO5361|Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment—Tracheal Tubes and Connectors...| 31148|Active|ANS/ISO5366.1|2003-12-02|00E|ISO|Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment—TracheostomyTubes—Part 1: Tubes and Connectors for Use in Adults Approved as an American National Standard by ASTM International|23|49.00|49.00|||

This part of ISO 5366 specifies requirements for tracheostomy tubes made of plastics materials and/or rubber having inside diameters of 6.5 mm or greater. Such tubes are primarily designed for patients who require anaesthesia, artificial ventilation or other respiratory support, but need not be restricted to these uses.

This part of ISO 5366 is not applicable to specialized tubes, and does not address flammability of tracheostomy tubes.

|ICS Number Code 11.040.10 (Anaesthetic, respiratory and reanimation equipment)||TRUE/ISO5366.1|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.12||||HC3|||||ANSISO53661|Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment—TracheostomyTubes—Part 1: Tubes and Connectors for Use in Adults Approved as an American National Standard by ASTM International|ISO5366.1|||ANSISO53661|Anaesthetic and Respiratory Equipment—TracheostomyTubes—Part...| 31150|Active|ANS/ISO5362|2003-12-02|00|ISO|Anaesthetic Reservoir Bags Approved as an American National Standard by ASTM International|23|51.00|51.00|||

This International Standard specifies requirements for antistatic and non-antistatic reservoir bags for use with anaesthetic apparatus or lung-ventilator breathing systems. It includes requirements for the design of the neck, size designation, distension and, where relevant, for electrical resistance.

This International Standard is not applicable to special-purpose bags, for example bellows and self-expanding bags. Bags for use with anaesthetic gas scavenging systems are not considered to be anaesthetic reservoir bags and are thus outside the scope of this International Standard.

|ICS Number Code 11.040.10 (Anaesthetic, respiratory and reanimation equipment)||TRUE/ISO5362.1|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.12||||HC3|||||ANSISO5362|Anaesthetic Reservoir Bags Approved as an American National Standard by ASTM International|ISO5362.1|||ANSISO5362|Anaesthetic Reservoir Bags Approved as an American National Standard by...| 31369|Active|ANS/IEC60601.2.12|2002-07-10|01|ISO|Medical Electrical Equipment—Part 2-12; Particular Requirements for the Safety of Lung Ventilators—Critical Care Ventilators Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|47|133.00|133.00|||

This clause of the General Standard applies, except as follows:

This Particular Standard specifies the safety requirements for VENTILATORS, as defined in 2.1.125, intended for use in critical care settings.

Continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) devices, sleep apnea therapy devices, support-care VENTILATORS, emergency and transport VENTILATORS, jet and high frequency VENTILATORS and oscillators are outside the scope of this Particular Standard, nor are devices that may be used within hospitals, intended solely to augment the ventilation of spontaneously breathing PATIENTS. Standards for other types of VENTILATORS, e.g. high frequency jet and oscillation ventilators, are under consideration.

Requirements for VENTILATORS intended for anaesthetic applications are given in IEC 60601-2-13.

|||TRUE/IEC60601.2.12|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.14||||HC3|||||ANSIEC60601212|Medical Electrical Equipment—Part 2-12; Particular Requirements for the Safety of Lung Ventilators—Critical Care Ventilators Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|IEC60601.2.12|||ANSIEC60601212|Medical Electrical Equipment—Part 2-12; Particular Requirements for...| 33246|Active|ANS/ISO11195|2003-12-01|95|ISO|Gas Mixers for Medical Use—Stand-alone Gas Mixers Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM international|23|46.00|46.00|||

This International Standard gives requirements for the performance and safety of stand-alone gas mixers intended for medical use and intended for connection to a medical gas supply system. Rationales for some of the requirements are given in anne B.

This International Standard does not apply to
a) blocks of flowmeters with separate controls for the flow of each gas;
b) gas mixers which mix oxygen with ambient air;
c) gas mixers which depend on other medical devices for functions required by this standard.

|ICS Number Code 11.040.10 (Anaesthetic, respiratory and reanimation equipment)||TRUE/ISO11195|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.12||||HC3|||||ANSISO11195|Gas Mixers for Medical Use—Stand-alone Gas Mixers Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM international|ISO11195|||ANSISO11195|Gas Mixers for Medical Use—Stand-alone Gas Mixers Approved as an...| 33247|Active|ANS/ISO5360|2003-12-01|93|ISO|Anesthetic Vaporizes—Agent-Specific Filling Systems Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|28|83.00|83.00|||

This International Standard gives the dimensions of agent-specific filling systems for agent-specific anaesthetic vaporizers.

This International Standard does not specify construction materials. Materials used for the parts of filling systems which come into contact with liquid anaesthetic agent should be selected with regard to:

a) toxicity;
b) compatibility with anaesthetic agents; and
c) minimization of health risks due ot substances leached from the materials.

Because of the unique properties of desflurance, dimensions for this agent have not been specified in this Internatinsl Standard. Specifications for filling systems fo rthis agent will be included in this Standard in due course.

Designs of connection systems are encouraged which only permite engagement of the agent-specific bottle adaptor to the bottle when the bottle collar is in place.

|ICS Number Code 11.040.10 (Anaesthetic, respiratory and reanimation equipment)||TRUE/ISO5360|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.12||||HC3|||||ANSISO5360|Anesthetic Vaporizes—Agent-Specific Filling Systems Approved as an American National Standard with Deviations by ASTM International|ISO5360|||ANSISO5360|Anesthetic Vaporizes—Agent-Specific Filling Systems Approved as an...| 39276|Active|ANS/ISO15002|2004-11-01|00|ISO|Flow-metering devices for connection to terminal units of medical gas pipeline systems|30|69.00|69.00|||

1.1 This International Standard is applicable to:
flow-metering devices which are connected, either directly or by means of flexible connecting asemblies, and disconnected by the operator at terminal units of a medical gas pipeline system for measurement and delivery of medical gases.
flow-metering devices which are connected and disconnected by the operator at gas-specific connection points of devices such as pressure regulators.

1.2 It applies only to flow-metering devices for the following medical gases:
oxygen,
nitrous oxide,
air for breathing,
carbon dioxide,
helium,
xenon,
specified mixtures of the gases listed above,
oxygen/nitrous oxide mixture 50/50 (% volume fraction).

1.3 This International Standard is not applicable to electrical or electronic flow-metering devices.

|||TRUE/ISO15002|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||F29.12||||HC3|||||ANSISO15002|Flow-metering devices for connection to terminal units of medical gas pipeline systems|ISO15002|||ANSISO15002|Flow-metering devices for connection to terminal units of medical gas...| 41997|Active|ANS/ISO17025|2005-05-15|05|ISO|General Requirements for the Competence of Testing and Calibration Laboratories|35|86.00|86.00|||

1.1 This International Standard specifies the general requirements for the competence to carry out tests and/or calibrations, including sampling. It covers testing and calibration performed using standard methods, non-standard methods, and laboratory-developed methods.

1.2 This International Standard is applicable to all organizations performing tests and/or calibrations. These include, for example, first-, second- and third-party laboratories, and laboratories where testing and/or calibration forms part of inspection and product certification.

This International Standard is applicable to all laboratories regardless of the number of personnel or the extent of the scope of testing and/or calibration activities. When a laboratory does not undertake one or more of the activities covered by this International Standard, such as sampling and the design/development of new methods, the requirements of those clauses do not apply.

1.3 The notes given provide clarification of the text, examples and guidance. They do not contain requirements and do not form an integral part of this International Standard.

1.4 This International Standard is for use by laboratories in developing their management system for quality, administrative and technical operations. Laboratory customers, regulatory authorities and accreditation bodies may also use it in confirming or recognizing the competence of laboratories. This International Standard is not intended to be used as the basis for certification of laboratories.

NOTE 1 The term 'management system' in this International Standard means the quality, administrative and technical systems that govern the operations of a laboratory.

NOTE 2 Certification of a management system is sometimes also called registration.

1.5 Compliance with regulatory and safety requirements on the operation of laboratories is not covered by this International Standard.

1.6 If testing and calibration laboratories comply with the requirements of this International Standard, they will operate a quality management system for their testing and calibration activities that also meets the principles of ISO 9001. Annex A provides nominal cross-references between this International Standard and ISO 9001. This International Standard covers technical competence requirements that are not covered by ISO 9001.

NOTE 1 It might be necessary to explain or interpret certain requirements in this International Standard to ensure that the requirements are applied in a consistent manner. Guidance for establishing applications for specific fields, especially for accreditation bodies (see ISO/IEC 17011) is given in Annex B.

NOTE 2 If a laboratory wishes accreditation for part or all of its testing and calibration activities, it should select an accreditation body that operates in accordance with ISO/IEC 17011.

|||TRUE/ISO17025|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|CT|||||E36.||||GM3|||||ANSISO17025|General Requirements for the Competence of Testing and Calibration Laboratories|ISO17025|||ANSISO17025|General Requirements for the Competence of Testing and Calibration...| 44802|Active|ANSI/ISO/IEC17024|2005-12-01|03|ANSI|Conformity assessment—General requirements for bodies operating certification of persons|16|39.00|39.00|||

1.1 This International Standard specified requirements for a body certifying persons against specific requirements, including the development and maintenance of a certification scheme for persons.

Note In some countries, bodies which verify the conformity of the competence of persons against specified requirements are called "certification bodies", in other countries "registration bodies" in others "assessment and registration bodies" or "certification/registration/licensure bodies" and in others still "registrars". This International Standard uses the term "certification body". However, this use is not limiting.

|||TRUE/ISOANSIIEC17024|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|CT|||||E36.||||GM3|||||ANSIISOIEC17024|Conformity assessment—General requirements for bodies operating certification of persons|ISOANSIIEC17024|||ANSIISOIEC17024|Conformity assessment—General requirements for bodies operating...| 46747|Active|ANSI/ISO21647|2006-03-21|04|ISO|Medical Electrical Equipment—Particular Requirements for the Basic Safety and Essential Performance of Respiratory Gas Monitors|54|108.00|108.00|||

IEC 60601-1:1998, Clause 1, applies, except as follows.
Amendment (ass at the end of 1.1):
This International Standard specified particular requirements for the basic safety and essential performance of respiratory gas monitors (RGM) (as defined in 3.15) intended for continuous operation for use with humans.
This International Standard specifies requirements for
aa) anaesthetic gas monitoring,
bb) carbon dioxide monitoring,
cc) oxygen monitoring,
This International Standard is not applicable to monitors intended for use with flammable anesthetic agents.
The requirements of this International Standard which replace or modify the requirements of IEC 60601-1:1998 and its Amendments 1 (1991) and 2 (1995) are intended to take precedence over the corresponding general requirements.
Environmental aspects are addressed in Annex CC.
NOTE Additional aspects of environmental impact are addressed in ISO 14971.

|||TRUE/ANSIISO21647|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||.|||||||||ANSIISO21647|Medical Electrical Equipment—Particular Requirements for the Basic Safety and Essential Performance of Respiratory Gas Monitors|ANSIISO21647|||ANSIISO21647|Medical Electrical Equipment—Particular Requirements for the Basic...| 52545|Active|ANSI/ISO10651.4|2006-12-12|02|ISO|Lung Ventilators|30|83.00|83.00|||

This European Standard specifies requirements for operator-powered resuscitators intended for use with all age groups and which are portable and intended to provide lung ventilation to individuals whose breathing is inadequate. Operator-powered resuscitators for infants and children are designated according to body mass range and approximate age equivalent.

Electrically-and gas-powered resuscitators are not covered by this European Standard.

NOTE Annex X contains rationale statements for this Part of this European Standard. The clauses and sub clauses which have corresponding rationale statements are marked with R) after their number.

|||TRUE/ISO10651.4|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||.|||||||||ANSIISO106514|Lung Ventilators|ISO10651.4|||ANSIISO106514|Lung Ventilators| 52546|Active|ANSI/ISO10651.5|2006-12-12|06|ISO|Lung Ventilators for Medical Use - Particular Requirements for Basic Safety - and Essential Performance|53|113.00|113.00|||

This part of ISO 10651 specifies the basic safety and essential performance requirements for gas-powered emergency resuscitators (3.10) intended for use with humans by first responders. This equipment is intended for emergency field use and is intended to be continuously operator attended in normal use.

<>This part of ISO 10651 also specifies the requirements for resuscitator sets (3.22).

This part of ISO 10651 is not applicable to electrically-powered resuscitators.

NOTE ISO 10651-3 covers emergency and transport ventilators.

|||TRUE/ISO10651.5|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||.|||||||||ANSIISO106515|Lung Ventilators for Medical Use - Particular Requirements for Basic Safety - and Essential Performance|ISO10651.5|||ANSIISO106515|Lung Ventilators for Medical Use - Particular Requirements for Basic...| 53661|Active|ANSI/ISO/IEC17011|2006-12-12|05|ANSI|Conformity assessmen—General requirements for accreditation bodies accrediting conformity assessment bodies|32|78.00|78.00|||

1.1 This International Standard specifies general requirements for accreditation bodies assessing and accrediting conformity assessment bodies (CABs). It is also appropriate as a requirements document for the peer evaluation process for mutual recognition arrangements between accreditation bodies.

Accreditation bodies operating in accordance with this International Standard do not have to offer accreditation to all types of CABs.

For the purposes of this International Standard, CABs are organizations providing the following conformity assessment services: testing, inspection, management system certification, personnel certification, product certification and, in the context of this International Standard, calibration.

Note General requirements for these bodies have been established, for example in International Standards and Guides (examples of which are given in the Bibliography).

|||TRUE/ISOANSIIEC17011|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|CT|||||E36.||||GM3|||||ANSIISOIEC17011|Conformity assessmen—General requirements for accreditation bodies accrediting conformity assessment bodies|ISOANSIIEC17011|||ANSIISOIEC17011|Conformity assessmen—General requirements for accreditation bodies...| 53663|Active|ANSI/ISO/IEC17020|2006-12-12|98|ANSI|General criteria for the operation of various types of bodies performing inspection|18|54.00|54.00|||

1.1 This European standard specifies general criteria for the competence of impartial bodies performing inspection irrespective of the sector involved. It also specifies independence criteria.

1.2 This standard in intended for the use of inspection bodies and their accreditation bodies as well as other bodies concerned with recognizing the competence of inspection bodies.

1.3 This set of criteria may have to be interpreted when applied to particular sectors, or to in-service inspection.

1.4 This standard does not cover testing laboratories, certification bodies or the suppliers' declaration of conformity, the criteria for which are contained in other European Standards of the EN 45000 series.

|||TRUE/ISOANSIIEC17020|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||.|||||||||ANSIISOIEC17020|General criteria for the operation of various types of bodies performing inspection|ISOANSIIEC17020|||ANSIISOIEC17020|General criteria for the operation of various types of bodies performing...| 59371|Active|AIIMASTM|2008-02-11|BP-01-08||Portable Document Format-Healthcare (PDF) A Best Practices Guide|35|51.00|51.00|||

The PDF Healthcare Best Practices Guide describes PDF features useful in healthcare and documents points to consider for these features. As such, users of this document can decide what features are important to them under their specific circumstances. The PDF Healthcare Best Practices Guide does not describe normative requirements, nor is it a language specification. For detailed language issues, it references the PDF and XFA Specifications. (See the Terminology and Reference Documents sections for more information on these specifications). For implementation specific guidance, it references an accompanying Implementation Guide.

|||TRUE/BP.01|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||E31.25|14.01|||HC1|||||AIIMASTM|Portable Document Format-Healthcare (PDF) A Best Practices Guide|BP.01|||AIIMASTM|Portable Document Format-Healthcare (PDF) A Best Practices Guide| 68563|Active|ANSI/ISO5364|2008-07-15|08|ISO|Anaesthetic and respiratory equipment - Oropharyngeal airways|24|66.00|66.00|||

This International Standard specifies requirements for oropharyngeal airways of plastics materials and/or rubber, including those with a reinforcement insert made of plastics materials and/or metal

This International Standard is not applicable to metal oropharyngeal airways, nor to requirements concerning flammability of oropharyngeal airways.

Flammability of oropharyngeal airways, for example if flammable anaesthetics, electrosurgical units or lasers are used, is a well-recognized hazard. It is addressed by apprpriate clinical management, which is outside the scope of this International Standard.

This International Standard is not applicable to supralaryngeal airways without an internal, integral sealing mechanism.

|||TRUE/ISO5364|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||.|||ANSI/ISO5364-08||||||ANSIISO5364|Anaesthetic and respiratory equipment - Oropharyngeal airways|ISO5364|||ANSIISO5364|Anaesthetic and respiratory equipment - Oropharyngeal airways| 68564|Active|ANSI/ISO14408|2005-06-01|05|ISO|Tracheal tubes designed for laser surgery - Requirements for marking and accompanying information|12|44.00|44.00|||

This international Standard specifies marking, labelling and information to be supplied by the manufacturer for cuffed and uncuffed tracheal tubes and related materials designed to resist ignition by a laser

|||TRUE/ISO14408|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00||||||.|||ANSI/ISO14408-05||||||ANSIISO14408|Tracheal tubes designed for laser surgery - Requirements for marking and accompanying information|ISO14408|||ANSIISO14408|Tracheal tubes designed for laser surgery - Requirements for marking and...| 39397|Active|A1|2005-03-01|00(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Tee Rails|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||

1.1 This specification covers carbon steel tee rails of nominal weights of 60 lb/yd (29.8 kg/m) and over for use in railway track, including export and industrial applications.

1.2 Supplementary requirementsS1and S2 shall apply only when specified by the purchaser in the order.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.

|rails; railway applications; steel rails; ICS Number Code 77.140.70 (Steel profiles)||TRUE/A1|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.01|01.04|||MP7|||||A1|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Tee Rails|A1||

This specification deals with carbon steel tee rails for use in railway track, including export and industrial applications. Rails shall be furnished by as-rolling, head hardening, or fully heat treatment processes. Hydrogen content shall be measured either during the continuous casting process or during ingot teeming. The rails shall conform to the chemical requirements for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, and silicon. Rail soundness shall be evaluated by macroetch testing for both ingot and continuously cast steel. The rails shall conform to the Brinell hardness test requirements for standard carbon rails and high-strength rails.

|A1|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Tee Rails|10.1520/A0001-00R05 60148|Active|A2|2008-03-01|02(2008)|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Girder Rails of Plain, Grooved, and Guard Types|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||

1.1 This specification covers carbon steel girder rails of three classes based on type or type and weight, and chemistry defined as follows and in Table 1.

1.1.1 Unless otherwise specified by the purchaser, girder-guard rails shall be Class A.

1.1.2 Plain and grooved-girder rails under 135 lb/yd (67.1 kg/m) in weight shall be specified by the purchaser as either Class A or Class B.

1.1.3 Plain and grooved-girder rails of 135 lb/yd in weight and heavier shall be Class C, unless otherwise specified.

1.2 The values states in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.

<|girder rails; rails; railway applications; steel rails; Carbon steel railroad materials--specifications; Girder rails; Railroad steel materials ; ICS Number Code 77.140.70 (Steel profiles)||TRUE/A2|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.01|01.04|||MP7|||||A2|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Girder Rails of Plain, Grooved, and Guard Types|A2||

This specification deals with carbon steel girder rails of plain, grooved, and guard types. Materials considered in this specification are grouped into three classes (Class A, B, and C) based on type, weight, and chemistry (carbon, manganese, phosphorus, and silicon compositions). Steel samples shall be melt processed by either open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric furnace, and may be cast by a continuous process or in ingots. Material specimens shall undergo product analysis and tests, and shall conform to required chemical and physical attributes such as chemical composition, Brinell hardness, weight, length, sectioning, end finishing, drilling and punching specifications. Rails shall be finished by cold straightening in a press or roller machine to remove twists, waves and kinks. Final products shall be marked either by brand and stamp, paint, or bar code.

|A2|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Girder Rails of Plain, Grooved,...|10.1520/A0002-02R08 46039|Active|A3|2006-03-01|01(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Joint Bars, Low, Medium, and High Carbon (Non-Heat-Treated)|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||

1.1 This specification covers steel joint bars for connecting steel rails in mine, industrial, and standard railroad track.

1.2 Three grades of joint bars are defined for applications where non-heat treated bars are suitable:

1.2.1 Grade 1, low-carbon, primarily for industrial and mine use.

1.2.2 Grade 2, medium-carbon, primarily for industrial and mine use.

1.2.3 Grade 3, high-carbon, for general use in standard railroad track. They may be used in the production of insulated track joints.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.

|rail; railway applications; steel joint bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.70 (Steel profiles)||TRUE/A3|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.01|01.04|||MP7|||||A3|Standard Specification for Steel Joint Bars, Low, Medium, and High Carbon (Non-Heat-Treated)|A3||

This specification covers steel joint bars of low-carbon, medium-carbon, and high-carbon grades (Grades 1, 2, and 3) for railway applications. Steel shall be made through basic-oxygen or electric-furnace processes and cast through continuous process or in ingots. An analysis of each heat or cast shall be made to determine the percentage compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, and sulfur. Tension test shall also be made to conform to specified tensile strength and elongation values. Guidelines on the dimensions and physical variations of joint bars are given. Inspection, rejection, rehearing, certification, and product marking procedures are cited.

|A3|Standard Specification for Steel Joint Bars, Low, Medium, and High Carbon...|10.1520/A0003-01R06 68031|Active|A6/A6M|2009-04-01|09|Specification| Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling|62|63.00|63.00|75.60||

1.1 This general requirements specification covers a group of common requirements that, unless otherwise specified in the applicable product specification, apply to rolled structural steel bars, plates, shapes, and sheet piling covered by each of the following product specifications issued by ASTM:

ASTM
Designation³ Title of Specification

A 36/A 36M Carbon Structural Steel

A 131/A 131M Structural Steel for Ships

A 242/A 242M High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel

A 283/A 283M Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates

A 328/A 328M Steel Sheet Piling

A 514/A 514M High-Yield Strength, Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate Suitable for Welding

A 529/A 529M High-Strength Carbon-Manganese Steel of Structural Quality

A 572/A 572M High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steel

A 573/A 573M Structural Carbon Steel Plates of Improved Toughness

A 588/A 588M High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel with 50 ksi (345 MPa) Minimum Yield Point to 4 in. [100 mm] Thick

A 633/A 633M Normalized High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel Plates

A 656/A 656M Hot-Rolled Structural Steel, High-Strength Low-Alloy Plate with Improved Formability

A 678/A 678M Quenched-and-Tempered Carbon and High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel Plates

A 690/A 690M High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel H-Piles and Sheet Piling for Use in Marine Environments

A 709/A 709M Carbon and High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars and Quenched-and-Tempered Alloy Structural Steel Plates for Bridges

A 710/A 710M Age-Hardening Low-Carbon Nickel-Copper-Chromium-Mo-
lybdenum-Columbium Alloy Structural Steel Plates

A 769/A 769M Carbon and High-Strength Electric Resistance Welded Steel Structural Shapes

A 786/A 786M Rolled Steel Floor Plates

A 808/A 808M High-Strength Low-Alloy Carbon, Manganese, Columbium, Vanadium Steel of Structural Quality with Improved Notch Toughness

A 827/A 827M Plates, Carbon Steel, for Forging and Similar Applications

A 829/A 829M Plates, Alloy Steel, Structural Quality

A 830/A 830M Plates, Carbon Steel, Structural Quality, Furnished to Chemical Composition Requirements

A 852/A 852M Quenched and Tempered Low-Alloy Structural Steel Plate with 70 ksi [485 Mpa] Minimum Yield Strength to 4 in. [100 mm] Thick

A 857/A 857M Steel Sheet Piling, Cold Formed, Light Gage

A 871/A 871M High-Strength Low Alloy Structural Steel Plate with Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance

A 913/A 913M Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel Shapes of Structural Quality, Produced by Quenching and Self-Tempering Process (QST)

A 945/A 945M Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel Plate with Low Carbon and Restricted Sulfur for Improved Weldability, Formability, and Toughness

A 950/A 950M Specification for Fusion Bonded Epoxy-Coated Structural Steel H-Piles and Sheet Piling

A 992/A 992M Specification for Steel for Structural Shapes for Use in Building Framing

A 1026 Specification for Alloy Steel Structural Shapes for Use in Building Framing

A 1043/A 1043M Specification for Structural Steel with Low Yield to Tensile Ratio for Use in Buildings

1.2 Annex A1 lists permitted variations in dimensions and mass (Note 1) in SI units. The values listed are not exact conversions of the values in Tables 1 to 31 inclusive but are, instead, rounded or rationalized values. Conformance to Annex A1 is mandatory when the “M” specification designation is used.

Note 1—The term “weight” is used when inch-pound units are the standard; however, under SI, the preferred term is “mass.”

1.3 Annex A2 lists the dimensions of some shape profiles.

1.4 Appendix X1 provides information on coil as a source of structural products.

1.5 Appendix X2 provides information on the variability of tensile properties in plates and structural shapes.

1.6 Appendix X3 provides information on weldability.

1.7 Appendix X4 provides information on cold bending of plates, including suggested minimum inside radii for cold bending.

1.8 This general requirements specification also covers a group of supplementary requirements that are applicable to several of the above product specifications as indicated therein. Such requirements are provided for use where additional testing or additional restrictions are required by the purchaser, and apply only where specified individually in the purchase order.

1.9 In case of any conflict in requirements, the requirements of the applicable product specification prevail over those of this general requirements specification.

1.10 Additional requirements that are specified in the purchase order and accepted by the supplier are permitted, provided that such requirements do not negate any of the requirements of this general requirements specification or the applicable product specification.

1.11 For purposes of determining conformance with this general requirements specification and the applicable product specification, values are to be rounded to the nearest unit in the right-hand place of figures used in expressing the limiting values in accordance with the rounding method of Practice E 29.

1.12 The text of this general requirements specification contains notes or footnotes, or both, that provide explanatory material. Such notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and figures, do not contain any mandatory requirements.

1.13 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other, without combining values in any way.

1.14 This general requirements specification and the applicable product specification are expressed in both inch-pound units and SI units; however, unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation (SI units), the structural product is furnished to inch-pound units.

1.15 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|bars; general requirements; plates; rolled; shapes; sheet piling; structural steel; Steel bars and shapes--specifications; Steel plate--specifications; Structural steel (SS) bars--specifications; Steel plates/shapes/bars--specifications; Structural steel (SS) piles--specifications; Structural steel (SS) plate--specifications; Structural steel (SS) shapes--specifications; Structural steel (SS) sheet/strip--specifications; Tensile properties/testing--metallic materials; Tensile property classification; Universal mill edge; Groupings; Killed steel; Marine systems/subsystems/equipment (steel)--specifications; Metallurgical structure; Mill edge; Piles; Product analysis specifications/tolerances; Rimmed structural steel bars; Rolled steel--specifications; Semi-killed steel; Sheared edge; Shipbuilding steel materials--specifications; Bridge/structural materials--specifications; Capped steel; General delivery requirements--steel ; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A6|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N,CH|||||A01.02|01.04|||MP7|||||A6A6M| Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling|A6||

This specification deals with the general requirements that apply to rolled structural steel bars, plates, shapes, and sheet piling. The steel shall be made in an open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-arc furnace followed by additional refining in a ladle metallurgy furnace, or secondary melting by vacuum-arc remelting or electrostag remelting. The steel products shall undergo heat treatment, structural conditioning, and strand casting in stationary molds. Tension testing and chemical analysis shall be performed wherein the specimens shall conform to the required mechanical properties such as tensile strength, yield strength and elongation, and the required metallurgical structure and composition specifications of the products. Final products shall be legibly marked, bundled, and tagged with the applicable designation, grade, heat number, size and thickness, and name, brand, or trademark of the manufacturer for identification and shipment.

|A6| Standard Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural...|10.1520/A0006_A0006M-09 57880|Active|A20/A20M|2007-11-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels|33|51.00|51.00|61.20||

1.1 This general requirements specification covers a group of common requirements that, unless otherwise specified in the applicable product specification, apply to rolled steel plates for pressure vessels covered by each of the following product specifications issued by ASTM:

1.1.1 This general requirements specification also covers a group of supplementary requirements that are applicable to several of the above product specifications as indicated therein. Such requirements are provided for use if additional testing or additional restrictions are required by the purchaser, and apply only if specified individually in the purchase order.

1.2 Appendix X1 provides information on coil as a source of plates for pressure vessels.

1.3 Appendix X2 provides information on the variability of tensile properties in plates for pressure vessels.

1.4 Appendix X3 provides information on the variability of Charpy-V-Notch impact test properties in plates for pressure vessels.

1.5 Appendix X4 provides information on cold bending of plates, including suggested minimum inside radii for cold bending.

1.6 These materials are intended to be suitable for fusion welding. When the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed that a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service will be utilized.

1.7 In case of any conflict in requirements, the requirements of the applicable product specification prevail over those of this general requirements specification.

1.8 Additional requirements that are specified in the purchase order and accepted by the supplier are permitted, provided that such requirements do not negate any of the requirements of this general requirements specification or the applicable product specification.

1.9 For purposes of determining conformance with this general requirements specification and the applicable product specification, values are to be rounded to the nearest unit in the right-hand place of figures used in expressing the limiting values in accordance with the rounding method of Practice E 29.

1.10 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.11 This general requirements specification and the applicable product specification are expressed in both inch-pound units and SI units; unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation (SI units), the plates are to be furnished to inch-pound units.

|general delivery requirement; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel steels; steel plates; steel plates for pressure vessel applications; ICS Number Code 23.020.30 (Pressure vessels, gas cylinders); 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A20|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A20A20M|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for Pressure Vessels|A20||

This specification covers a group of common requirements that apply to rolled steel plates for pressure vessels. The steel shall be made in an open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-arc furnace process. Sampling and methods for chemical analysis are discussed. Yield strength tests, tension tests, and notch-toughness tests shall be made in accordance to the product specification to conform to the specified requirements.

|A20|Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Plates for...|10.1520/A0020_A0020M-07 64790|Active|A27/A27M|2008-10-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||

1.1 This specification covers carbon steel castings for general applications that require up to 70 ksi (485 MPa) minimum tensile strength.

Note 1—The grades covered by this specification represent materials that are suitable for assembly with other steel castings or wrought steel parts by fusion welding. It is not intended to imply that all these grades possess the same degree of weldability or that the same welding techniques can be used on all castings. It is the responsibility of the purchaser to establish for himself a suitable welding technique.

1.2 Several grades and two classes of steel castings are covered, as indicated below. The grade and class desired shall be specified by the purchaser.

1.2.1 Grade N-1—Chemical analysis only.

1.2.2 Grade N-2—Heat-treated but not mechanically tested.

1.2.3 Grade U-60-30 [415-205]—Mechanically tested but not heat-treated.

1.2.4 Grades 60-30 [415-205], 65-35 [450-240], 70-36 [485-250], and 70-40 [485-275]—Heat-treated and mechanically tested.

1.2.5 Class 1 and Class 2 steel castings shall be specified in accordance with 9.2.

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

|castings; general application; steel; Carbon steel castings--specifications; Steel castings--specifications; Tensile strength requirements; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A27|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A27A27M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application|A27||

This specification covers carbon steel castings for general applications. The grades of steels covered here are: Grade N-1, Grade N-2, Grade U-60-30 [415-205], Grade 60-30 [415-205], Grade 65-35 [450-240], Grade 70-36 [485-250] and Grade 70-40 [485-275]. Except for Grades N-1 and U-60-30, all steel castings shall be heat-treated by full annealing, normalizing, normalizing and tempering, or quenching and tempering. Heat treatments shall be performed after castings have been allowed to cool. Heat and product analyses shall be performed wherein specimens shall conform to required chemical composition of carbon, manganese, silicon, sulfur and phosphorus. Except for Grades N-1 and N-2, all steels shall undergo tension test, and shall conform to the following mechanical requirements: tensile strength, yield point, elongation, and reduction of area.

|A27|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application|10.1520/A0027_A0027M-08 40449|Active|A29/A29M|2005-05-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon and Alloy, Hot-Wrought, General Requirements for|16|43.00|43.00|51.60||

1.1 This specification covers a group of common requirements which, unless otherwise specified in the purchase order or in an individual specification, shall apply to carbon and alloy steel bars under each of the following ASTM specifications (or under any other ASTM specification which invokes this specification or portions thereof):

1.2 In case of any conflict in requirements, the requirements of the purchase order, the individual material specification, and this general specification shall prevail in the sequence named.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded as the standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.

1.4 For purposes of determining conformance to this specification and the various material specifications referenced in , dimensional values shall be rounded to the nearest unit in the right-hand place of figures used in expressing the limiting values in accordance with the rounding method of Practice E 29.

Note 1

Specification A 29 previously listed dimensional tolerances for cold-finished bars; these are now found in Specification A 108.

|alloy steel bars; carbon steel bars; cold finished steel bars; general delivery requirements; hot wrought steel bars; steel bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A29|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,B,Z,CH|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A29A29M|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon and Alloy, Hot-Wrought, General Requirements for|A29||

This guide covers a group of requirements for carbon and alloy steel bars under each of the following specifications: hot-rolled carbon steel bars, cold-finished carbon steel bars, hot-rolled alloy steel bars, and cold-finished alloy steel bars. Heat and product analysis shall be performed on several grades of carbon steel bars, wherein the material shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, and sulfur. Several grades of alloy steel bars shall also undergo heat and product analysis and shall meet the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, and molybdenum. When compositions other than those indicated in the specified chemical components are required, the composition limits shall be prepared using the specified ranges and limits for carbon steel and alloy steel. The material shall undergo grain size test and shall conform to the specified grain size requirement. Mechanical tests shall also be performed on the steel test specimens.

|A29|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon and Alloy, Hot-Wrought,...|10.1520/A0029_A0029M-05 50031|Active|A31|2004-08-01|04e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Rivets and Bars for Rivets, Pressure Vessels|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||

1.1 This specification covers steel rivets for use in boilers and pressure vessels and steel bars for use in the manufacture of rivets.

1.2 Two grades are covered:

1.2.1 Grade A—Bars having a yield point of 23000 psi (160 MPa) minimum with no controls on carbon content.

1.2.2 Grade B—Bars having a yield point of 29000 psi (200 MPa) minimum with carbon 0.28 % maximum.

1.2.3 Rivets are manufactured from the applicable bar grade.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.

|bars; carbon steel; pressure vessel rivets; rivets; steel; ICS Number Code 21.060.40 (Rivets)||TRUE/A31|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A31|Standard Specification for Steel Rivets and Bars for Rivets, Pressure Vessels|A31||
This specification covers the chemical, mechanical, and dimensional requirements, and associated test methods for steel rivets for use in boilers and pressure vessels, and steel bars for use in the manufacture of such rivets. Two grades of steel are covered here, as follows: Grade A and Grade B. The steel used to make the rivets shall be manufactured by open-hearth, electric-furnace, or basic-oxygen process, and the corresponding rivets shall be manufactured from steel bars conforming to the applicable bar grade ordered. The steel shall undergo heat and product analysis for measurements of chemical contents for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, and sulfur. Finished bars and rivets shall go through rivet bend, rivet flattening, bar tensile, and bar bend tests for measurements of mechanical properties such as ratio of bend diameter to diameter of the shank for rivets, and tensile strength, yield point, elongation, and ratio of bend diameter to diameter of specimen for bars.
|A31|Standard Specification for Steel Rivets and Bars for Rivets, Pressure...|10.1520/A0031-04E01 50488|Active|A34/A34M|2006-11-01|06|Practice|Standard Practice for Sampling and Procurement Testing of Magnetic Materials|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This practice covers sampling procedures and test practices for determination of various magnetic properties of both soft and hard magnetic materials.
1.2 This practice may be used either in conjunction with, or independent of, the standard test methods and materials specifications under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee A06. In the former situation, the sampling and testing procedures listed herein shall not supersede those found in the individual test methods and materials specifications. In the latter situation, the sampling and testing procedures listed herein shall strictly apply.
1.3 The values and equations stated in customary (cgs-emu and inch-pound) or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within this standard, SI units are shown in brackets except for the sections concerning calculations where there are separate sections for the respective unit systems. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this standard.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|density; electrical steel; magnetic material; magnetic test; ICS Number Code 29.030 (Magnetic materials)||TRUE/A34|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,N|||||A06.01|03.04|||MP2|||||A34A34M|Standard Practice for Sampling and Procurement Testing of Magnetic Materials|A34|
This practice defines test lots and describes the selection and preparation of test specimens used in the determination of magnetic properties of various materials.

A method of calculating the density of iron-base electrical steels is given and a table of assumed densities for magnetic testing of commercial soft magnetic alloys is provided.
||A34|Standard Practice for Sampling and Procurement Testing of Magnetic...|10.1520/A0034_A0034M-06 61757|Active|A36/A36M|2008-05-15|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers carbon steel shapes, plates, and bars of structural quality for use in riveted, bolted, or welded construction of bridges and buildings, and for general structural purposes.

1.2 Supplementary requirements are provided for use where additional testing or additional restrictions are required by the purchaser. Such requirements apply only when specified in the purchase order.

1.3 When the steel is to be welded, a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service is to be utilized. See Appendix X3 of Specification A 6/A 6M for information on weldability.

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other, without combining values in any way.

1.5 The text of this specification contains notes or footnotes, or both, that provide explanatory material. Such notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and figures, do not contain any mandatory requirements.

1.6 For structural products produced from coil and furnished without heat treatment or with stress relieving only, the additional requirements, including additional testing requirements and the reporting of additional test results, of A 6/A 6M apply.
|bars; bolted construction; bridges; buildings; carbon; plates; riveted construction; shapes; steel; structural steel; welded construction; Bolted construction materials/applications--specifications; Bridge/structural materials--specifications; Building materials/applications--specifications; Carbon steel bars/shapes--specifications; Carbon steel plate--specifications; Riveted construction--specifications; Structural steel (SS) plate--specifications; Structural steel (SS) shapes--specifications; Welded steel bars/shapes--specifications; Welded steel plate/sheet/strip--specifications; Railroad steel materials; Steel bars/shapes/wires||TRUE/A36|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.02|01.04|||MP7|||||A36A36M|Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel|A36||
This specification covers carbon structural steel shapes, plates, and bars of structural quality for use in riveted, bolted, or welded construction of bridges and buildings, and for general structural purposes. Heat analysis shall be used to determine the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, and copper. Tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation shall be evaluated using tension test and must conform to the required tensile properties.
|A36|Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel|10.1520/A0036_A0036M-08 70856|Active|A47/A47M|2009-05-01|99(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings|5|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers ferritic malleable castings for general engineering usage at temperatures from normal ambient to approximately 400°C (750°F).

1.2 No precise quantitative relationship can be stated between the properties of the iron in various locations of the same casting and those of a test specimen cast from the same iron (see Appendix X1).

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|Engineering applications--specifications; Ferritic iron castings; Ferritic steel castings--specifications; Malleable iron castings--specifications; Pressure vessel iron; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A47|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,B,CH|||||A04.02|01.02|||MP4|||||A47A47M|Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings|A47||
This specification covers ferritic malleable castings for general engineering usage. The castings are classified as Grade 32510. The chemical composition of the iron shall be such as to produce the structural and mechanical properties required by this specification. Tension test may be machined from the standard cast bar to the required dimensions. The microstructure of the malleable iron shall consist of temper carbon nodules distributed through ferritic matrix and shall be free of excessive pearlite, massive carbides, and primary graphite. All castings, on visual examination, shall be sound and free of obvious shrinkage and porosity. The castings shall conform to the dimensions given by this specification.
|A47|Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings|10.1520/A0047_A0047M-99R09 64919|Active|A48/A48M|2008-10-01|03(2008)|Specification|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers gray iron castings intended for general engineering use where tensile strength is a major consideration. Castings are classified on the basis of the tensile strength of the iron in separately cast test bars.

1.1.1 This specification subordinates chemical composition to tensile strength.

1.2 Castings produced to this specification are graded on the basis of minimum tensile strength obtained in special test coupons designed to standardize cooling rate. The tensile strength developed in certain casting sections may vary from test coupon values (see X1.2).

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|gray iron castings; Gray iron castings--specifications ; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A48|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,B,CH|||||A04.01|01.02|||MP4|||||A48A48M|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings|A48||
This specification covers gray iron castings intended for general engineering use where tensile strength is a major consideration. Castings are classified on the basis of the tensile strength of the iron in separately cast test bars. The surface of the casting shall be free of adhering sand, scale, cracks, and hot tears, as determined by visual examination. The test bars are designated into S, A, B, and C categories, according to the thickness of its controlling wall section. The casting shall be subjected to a tension test to determine its tensile strength.
|A48|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings|10.1520/A0048_A0048M-03R08 46160|Active|A49|2006-03-01|01(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Carbon Steel Joint Bars, Microalloyed Joint Bars, and Forged Carbon Steel Compromise Joint Bars|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers heat-treated carbon steel joint bars, microalloyed joint bars, and forged compromise joint bars for general use in standard railroad track.

1.2 The joint bars may be used for the production of insulated joints.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.
|joint bars; rails; railway applications; steel rails; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A49|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.01|01.04|||MP7|||||A49|Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Carbon Steel Joint Bars, Microalloyed Joint Bars, and Forged Carbon Steel Compromise Joint Bars|A49||
This specification covers heat-treated carbon steel joint bars, microalloyed joint bars, and forged compromise joint bars to be used in standard railroad track and production of insulated joints. Manufacturing of the steel shall be done either by basic-oxygen process, electric-furnace process, or both. The chemical composition of the steel joint bars shall be within the limits specified for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, and sulfur. Requirements for heat or cast analysis, product analysis, and tensile testing are detailed. Specifications for the material tensile properties such as tensile strength, yield point, yield strength, and elongation are given.
|A49|Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Carbon Steel Joint Bars,...|10.1520/A0049-01R06 56410|Active|A53/A53M|2007-09-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless|22|51.00|51.00|61.20||
1.1 This specification covers seamless and welded black and hot-dipped galvanized steel pipe in NPS 1/8 to NPS 26 [DN 6 to DN 650] (Note 1), inclusive, with nominal wall thickness (Note 2) as given in Table X2.2 and X2.3. It shall be permissible to furnish pipe having other dimensions provided that such pipe complies with all other requirements of this specification. Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided and shall apply only when specified by the purchaser.
Note 1 - The dimensionless designators NPS (nominal pipe size) [DN (diameter nominal)] have been substituted in this specification for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size."
Note 2 - The term nominal wall thickness has been assigned for the purpose of convenient designation, existing in name only, and is used to distinguish it from the actual wall thickness, which may vary over or under the nominal wall thickness.
1.2 This specification covers the following types and grades:
1.2.1 Type F - Furnace-butt-welded, continuous welded Grade A,
1.2.2 Type E - Electric-resistance-welded, Grades A and B, and
1.2.3 Type S - Seamless, Grades A and B.
Note 3 - See Appendix X1 for definitions of types of pipe.
1.3 Pipe ordered under this specification is intended for mechanical and pressure applications and is also acceptable for ordinary uses in steam, water, gas, and air lines. It is suitable for welding, and suitable for forming operations involving coiling, bending, and flanging, subject to the following qualifications:
1.3.1 Type F is not intended for flanging.
1.3.2 If Type S or Type E is required for close coiling or cold bending, Grade A is the preferred grade; however, this is not intended to prohibit the cold bending of Grade B pipe.
1.3.3 Type E is furnished either nonexpanded or cold expanded at the option of the manufacturer.
1.4 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other.
The following precautionary caveat pertains only to the test method portion, Sections 7, 8, 9, 13, 14, and 15 of this specification: This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory requirements prior to use.
1.5 The text of this specification contains notes or footnotes, or both, that provide explanatory material. Such notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and figures, do not contain any mandatory requirements.
|black steel pipe; seamless steel pipe; steel pipe; welded steel pipe; zinc coated steel pipe; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A53|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I,CH|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A53A53M|Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless|A53||
This specification covers seamless and welded black and hot-dipped galvanized steel pipe in NPS 1/8 to NPS 26. The steel categorized in this standard must be open-hearth, basic-oxygen or electric-furnace processed and must have the following chemical requirements: carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, copper, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, and vanadium. The tubing shall undergo a seamless or welding process. Tension, bend, and flattening tests shall be performed to make sure that it must adhere to the mechanical properties of the standard. The hydrostatic test shall be applied, without leakage through the weld seam or the pipe body. Nondestructive electric test shall be made to make sure that the full volume of the pipe must be in accordance with the standard. The purchaser shall have the right to perform any of the inspections and tests set forth in this specification where deemed necessary to ensure that the pipe conforms to the specified requirements.
|A53|Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated,...|10.1520/A0053_A0053M-07 53643|Active|A65|2007-05-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Track Spikes|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers steel track spikes used as fastenings between railroad rails, tie plates, and ties.
1.2 Three grades of spikes are described, Grades 1, a lower carbon steel; Grade 2, a higher carbon steel; and Grade 3, a carbon structural steel, conforming to Specification A 36
1.3 Supplementary Requirement (S1) are provided for use and shall only apply when specified in the purchase order.
1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.
|rails; railway applications; steel track spikes; track spikes; ICS Number Code 21.060.50||TRUE/A65|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.01|01.04|||MP7|||||A65|Standard Specification for Steel Track Spikes|A65||
This specification covers steel track spike to be used as fastenings between railroad rails, tie plates, and ties. Several tests shall be conducted, namely: heat or cast analysis; alternative analysis; alternative tension test; product analysis; body bend test; and head bend test. Heat and product analysis shall be performed wherein steel materials shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorous, sulfur, silicon, and copper. Steel specimens shall also undergo tensile tests and conform to required values of yield point, tensile strength, and elongation.
|A65|Standard Specification for Steel Track Spikes|10.1520/A0065-07 53644|Active|A66|2007-05-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Screw Spikes|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers steel screw spikes used as fastenings between railroad rails, tie plates, and ties.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
1.3 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|rails; railway applications; steel screw spikes; track spikes; ICS Number Code 21.060.10 (Bolts, screws, studs)||TRUE/A66|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.01|01.04|||MP7|||||A66|Standard Specification for Steel Screw Spikes|A66||
This specification deals with steel screw spikes used as fastenings between railroad rails, tie plates, and ties. The steel shall be made by electric-furnace or basic-oxygen, may be cast by continuous process or in ingots, and the heads and threads of the spikes may be formed by hot- or cold-forming methods. Tension and bend tests of the material shall be made. Inspection, certification, and product marking are also covered.
|A66|Standard Specification for Steel Screw Spikes|10.1520/A0066-07 39525|Active|A67|2005-03-01|00(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Tie Plates, Low-Carbon and High-Carbon Hot-Worked|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers steel tie plates for use in railroad track.

1.2 Two grades of tie plates are described: Grade 1, low carbon, and Grade 2, high-carbon-hot-worked.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values in parentheses are for information only.
|rails; railway applications; steel rails; steel tie plates; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A67|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.01|01.04|||MP7|||||A67|Standard Specification for Steel Tie Plates, Low-Carbon and High-Carbon Hot-Worked|A67||
This specification deals with steel tie plates, low-carbon and high-carbon-hot-worked that are used in railroad tracks. The steel shall be manufactured by either basic-oxygen or electric-furnace processes and may be cast by a continuous process or in ingots. Both Grade 1 and Grade 2 tie plates may be sheared, punched, or slotted either hot or cold but only the latter may be placed into an enclosure to assure proper cooling. One bend test shall be made from each identified heat. The specimens for testing shall be taken from finished tie plates, longitudinally with the direction of rolling. They shall be rectangular in section and shall have two faces as rolled. If high carbon tie plates represented by bend tests fail to meet the requirements specified, they may be annealed not more than twice and be resubmitted for testing.
|A67|Standard Specification for Steel Tie Plates, Low-Carbon and High-Carbon...|10.1520/A0067-00R05 66546|Active|A74|2009-01-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings|44|58.00|58.00|69.60||
1.1 This specification covers cast iron soil pipe and fittings for use in gravity flow plumbing, drain, waste and vent sanitary, and storm water applications. It establishes standards covering material, manufacture, mechanical and chemical properties, coating, test methods, inspection, certification, product markings, dimensions, and dimensional tolerances for extra heavy and service cast iron soil pipe and fittings. These pipe and fittings are not intended for pressure applications as the selection of the proper size for sanitary drain, waste, vent, and storm drain systems allows free air space for gravity drainage.

1.2 This specification covers pipe and fittings of the following patterns and, when so designated, shall apply to any other patterns that conform with the applicable requirements given in this specification.

1.2.1 Pipe:

Tables

Extra heavy, 2½ ft (0.75 m), 3½ft (1.0 m), 5 ft (1.5 m), 10 ft (3.0 m) lengths
1, 2

Service, 2½ ft (0.75 m), 3½ft (1.0 m), 5 ft (1.5 m), 10 ft (3.0 m)
1, 2

Outside dimensions (for detailing)
X1.1

1.2.2 Fittings:

Tables

¼ bends; long ¼ bends
3, 4

¼ bends, long low-hub
5

¼ bends, low heel; high heel
6, 7

¼ bends, short sweep; long sweep
8

¼ bends, reducing long sweep
9

¹/₅ bends
10

¹/₆ bends
10

¹/₈ bends; long ¹/₈ bends
11

¹/₁₆ bends
11

Y branches
12, 13

Y branches, combination ¹/₈ bends, single
14

Y branches, combination ¹/₈ bends, double
14

Sanitary T branches, single
15

Sanitary T branches, double
15

Sanitary T branches, cleanout
16

Tapped sanitary T branches, single
17

Tapped sanitary T branches, double
17

T branches, single and double
18

Tapped T branches, single
19

Tapped T branches, double
19

T branches, cleanout
20

-45° offset fitting
21

Double hubs
22

Long double hubs
22

Reducers
23

Increasers
24, 25

P traps
26, 27

Deep seal P traps
28

Running traps
29

Screw plugs (brass)
30

Blind plugs
31

Iron-body ferrules
32

Side inlets
Fig. 3

Closet bends
33

Tapping bosses
34

Reducing ¼ bend SV
35

Combination Y and ¹/₈ bend
36

‘H’ branch fitting
37

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|cast iron; fitting; hub and spigot pipe; pipe; soil pipe; Cast iron soil pipe/fittings--specifications; Fittings; Iron pipe/fittings--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A74|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I|||||A04.12|01.02|||MP4|||||A74|Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings|A74||
This specification covers cast gray iron soil pipe and fittings for use in gravity flow plumbing, drain, waste and vent sanitary, and storm water applications. These pipe and fittings are not intended for pressure applications. The cast iron shall be produced by an established commercial method that provides control over chemical and physical properties. Castings shall be sound, true to pattern, and of compact close grain that permits drilling and cutting by ordinary methods and its interior surface shall be reasonably smooth and free from defects. Ferrous scrap, pig iron, and any recycled ferrous material to be used in the melting operation shall be screened for radioactivity. Tension test shall include breaking load, machined diameter, and tensile strength. Chemical test shall conform to the chemical composition requirements prescribed for phosphorous, sulfur, chromium, titanium, aluminum, lead, and carbon equivalent. Dimension requirements for hub, spigot, barrel, grooves, water seal and trap, and threads of the pipe and fittings are detailed. The pipe and fittings shall be uniformly coated with a material suitable for the purpose.
|A74|Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings|10.1520/A0074-09 56429|Active|A82/A82M|2007-09-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers cold-drawn steel wire, as-drawn or galvanized, to be used as such, or in fabricated form, for the reinforcement of concrete, in sizes not less than 2.03 mm [0.080 in.] nominal diameter.
1.2 Supplement S1 describes high-strength wire, which shall be furnished when specifically ordered. It shall be permissible to furnish high-strength wire in place of regular wire if mutually agreed to by the purchaser and the manufacturer.
1.3 The values stated in SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard (The inch-pound units are shown in brackets except in Table 6.)
|concrete reinforcement; reinforced concrete; reinforcing steels; steel wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.15 (Steels for reinforcement of concrete)||TRUE/A82|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I|||||A01.05|01.04|||MP7|||||A82A82M|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement|A82||
This specification covers as cold-drawn or galvanized steel wires to be used as such, or in fabricated form, for the reinforcement of concrete. The steel shall be made by one of the following processes: open-hearth, electric furnace, or basic-oxygen. The wires shall be cold drawn from rods that have been hot rolled from billets. The tests described include tension, bending, and reduction of area tests. After undergoing tension test, the tensile and yield strength properties of the test specimen shall conform to the requirements of a reference material based on nominal area of the wire. The specimen for bend test shall withstand being bent at room temperature without cracking on the outside of the bent portion. The reduction of area shall be determined as described in a reference document.
|A82|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement|10.1520/A0082_A0082M-07 69275|Active|A90/A90M|2009-05-01|09|Test Method|Standard Test Method for Weight [Mass] of Coating on Iron and Steel Articles with Zinc or Zinc-Alloy Coatings|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This test method covers procedures for determining the weight [mass] of coating on iron or steel sheet, wire, and other articles in which the coating is zinc or a zinc alloy, such as zinc-5 % aluminum (including zinc-5 % aluminum-mischmetal and zinc-5 % aluminum-0.1 % magnesium) or 55 % aluminum-zinc. In the body of this test method, reference to zinc coating shall be interpreted to also include zinc alloy coating except where specifically stated otherwise.

1.2 The final results determined by this test method shall be expressed in inch-pound units or SI units, depending on the units used in the material specification to which the results are to be compared. Certain portions of the procedure involving determination of specimen weight [mass] have traditionally been performed in SI units, and corresponding inch-pound units are not included.

1.3 For sheet products, the final results are expressed as either coating weight [mass] total both sides, or coating weight [mass] separately on each side, depending on the specified requirements.

1.4 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. For specific hazards statements see 5.1. |55 % aluminum-zinc alloy coating; coating weight [mass]; steel sheet; steel wire; zinc alloy coatings; zinc coating; zinc-5 % aluminum alloy coating; zinc-5 % aluminum-0.1 % magnesium alloy coating; zinc-5 % aluminum-mischmetal alloy coating; Coating weight; Hot-dip (galvanized) coatings; Iron sheets--zinc-coated (galvanized); Zinc-coated steel sheet; Zinc coatings; ICS Number Code 25.220.40 (Metallic coatings)||TRUE/A90|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B|||||A05.07|01.06|||MP7|||||A90A90M|Standard Test Method for Weight [Mass] of Coating on Iron and Steel Articles with Zinc or Zinc-Alloy Coatings|A90|
This test method provides a standard method for determining the weight [mass] of coating for comparison with specification requirements. A coating of zinc on iron or steel articles provides protection against corrosion. As the protection is provided by sacrificial loss of zinc, the degree of protection is proportional to the weight [mass] of zinc coating. Specifications for zinc-coated articles frequently provide for different classes of coating so that the purchaser can select the coating weight [mass] most suitable to his needs.
||A90|Standard Test Method for Weight [Mass] of Coating on Iron and Steel...|10.1520/A0090_A0090M-09 70009|Active|A99|2009-04-01|03(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Ferromanganese|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers ten grades of ferromanganese, designated as follows:

Standard ferromanganese Grade A

Grade B

Grade C

Medium-carbon ferromanganese Grades A,B,C, and D

Nitrided

Low-carbon ferromanganese Grade A

Grade B

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|ferroalloy; ferromanganese; Ferromanganese--specifications; Ferrous metals/alloys--specifications; Manganese alloying additives--specifications; Stainless steel alloying additives (manganese) ; ICS Number Code 77.100 (Ferroalloys)||TRUE/A99|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A99|Standard Specification for Ferromanganese|A99||
This specification covers standards for ferromanganese (Grades A, B, and C), medium-carbon ferromanganese (Grades A, B, C, D, and nitrided) and low-carbon ferromanganese (Grades A and B). The ferroalloys shall conform to manganese, carbon, silicon, phosphorus, sulfur, and nitrogen contents specific to different material grades. Materials shall also adhere to content limits of arsenic, tin, lead and chromium. The material shall be available in standard sizes, tolerances, and friability ratings.
|A99|Standard Specification for Ferromanganese|10.1520/A0099-03R09 52503|Active|A100|2007-03-01|07|Specification| Standard Specification for Ferrosilicon|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers grades of ferrosilicon for steelmaking and foundry uses.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The metric equivalents of inch-pound units (SI units) given in parentheses may be approximate.
|ferroalloy; ferrosilicon; ICS Number Code 77.100 (Ferroalloys)||TRUE/A100|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A100| Standard Specification for Ferrosilicon|A100||
This specification covers grades of ferrosilicon used for steel-making and foundry. The grades shall conform to the required chemical composition for silicon, carbon, sulfur, phosphorous, aluminum, manganese, calcium, and boron. Sizes available of ferrosilicon for various grades are specified. Ferroalloys exhibit varying degrees of friability; therefore, some attrition may be expected in transit, storage, and handling. Chemical analysis of the material shall be made.
|A100| Standard Specification for Ferrosilicon|10.1520/A0100-07 34338|Active|A101|2004-05-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Ferrochromium|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers two types of ferrochromium designated as high carbon and low carbon, the latter including nitrogen-bearing and vacuum grades.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The SI units given in parentheses are for information only.
|ferroalloys; ferrochromium; high carbon; low carbon; nitrogen-bearing; vacuum low carbon||TRUE/A101|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A101|Standard Specification for Ferrochromium|A101||
This specification covers two types of ferrochromium designated as high carbon and low carbon, the latter including nitrogen-bearing and vacuum grades. The grades which are available in different sizes shall conform to the required chemical composition for chromium, carbon, silicon, sulfur, phosphorus, and nitrogen.
|A101|Standard Specification for Ferrochromium|10.1520/A0101-04 34323|Active|A102|2004-05-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Ferrovanadium|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers one grade of ferrovanadium.
1.2 The values given in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.
|ferrovanadium||TRUE/A102|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A102|Standard Specification for Ferrovanadium|A102||
This specification covers different sizes of one grade of ferrovanadium. The material shall undergo chemical analysis and shall conform to the requirements as to composition of the following chemical elements: vanadium, carbon, silicon, aluminum, sulfur, and phosphorus.
|A102|Standard Specification for Ferrovanadium|10.1520/A0102-04 70690|Active|A105/A105M|2009-07-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers forged carbon steel piping components for ambient- and higher-temperature service in pressure systems. Included are flanges, fittings, valves, and similar parts ordered either to dimensions specified by the purchaser or to dimensional standards such as the MSS, ASME, and API specifications referenced in Section 2. Forgings made to this specification are limited to a maximum weight of 10 000 lb [4540 kg]. Larger forgings may be ordered to Specification A 266/A 266M. Tubesheets and hollow cylindrical forgings for pressure vessel shells are not included within the scope of this specification. Although this specification covers some piping components machined from rolled bar and seamless tubular products (see 4.2), it does not cover raw material produced in these product forms.

1.2 Supplementary requirements are provided for use when additional testing or inspection is desired. These shall apply only when specified individually by the purchaser in the order.

1.3 Specification A 266/A 266M covers other steel forgings and Specifications A 675/A 675M and A 696 cover other steel bars.

1.4 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.

The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.5 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
Note 1—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as “nominal diameter,” “size,” and “nominal size.”

|pipe fittings, steel; piping applications; pressure containing parts; steel flanges; steel forgings, carbon; steel valves; temperature service applications, elevated; temperature service applications, high; Carbon steel flanges/fittings/valves/parts--specifications; Carbon steel forgings--specifications; Carbon steel pipe--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel forgings; Pressure vessel steel forgings--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A105|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|B,D,M,CH|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A105A105M|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications|A105||
This specification covers standards for forged carbon steel piping components, that is, flanges, fittings, valves, and similar parts, for use in pressure systems at ambient and higher-temperature service conditions. Materials shall be subjected to heat treatment (annealing, normalizing, tempering, or quenching). Material shall conform to carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, copper, nickel, chromium, molybdenum and vanadium contents. The forgings shall be subjected to tension, hardness and hydrostatic tests, with the latter applicable when required. Material shall adhere to tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, reduction of area, and hardness requirements. Guidelines for retreatment, repair by welding, and product marking are given.
|A105|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications|10.1520/A0105_A0105M-09 63035|Active|A106/A106M|2008-07-15|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service|9|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers seamless carbon steel pipe for high-temperature service (Note 1) in NPS ¹/₈ to NPS 48 [DN 6 to DN 1200] (Note 2) inclusive, with nominal (average) wall thickness as given in ASME B 36.10M. It shall be permissible to furnish pipe having other dimensions provided such pipe complies with all other requirements of this specification. Pipe ordered under this specification shall be suitable for bending, flanging, and similar forming operations, and for welding. When the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed that a welding procedure suitable to the grade of steel and intended use or service will be utilized.
Note 1—It is suggested, consideration be given to possible graphitization.

Note 2—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) [DN (diameter nominal)] has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as “nominal diameter,” “size,” and “nominal size.”

1.2 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided for seamless pipe intended for use in applications where a superior grade of pipe is required. These supplementary requirements call for additional tests to be made and when desired shall be so stated in the order.

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.4 The following precautionary caveat pertains only to the test method portion, Sections 11, 12, and 13 of this specification: This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. |carbon steel pipe; seamless steel pipe; steel pipe; Carbon steel pipe--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel pipe; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A106|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I,CH|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A106A106M|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service|A106||
This specification covers carbon steel pipe for high-temperature service. These pipes are suitable for welding, bending, flanging, and similar forming operations. Mechanical testing of the specimens shall include tensile, bending, flattening, hydrostatic and nondestructive electric tests. Specimens undergoing bending tests shall consist of sections cut from a pipe. For flattening tests, the specimens shall be smooth on the ends and burr-free, except when made on crop ends. All tests shall be performed in room temperature. If any test specimen shows flaws it can be discarded and substituted for another test specimen. Before testing, if a specimen has scribe scratches, a retest shall be allowed. A retest shall also be allowed if a specimen breaks in an inside or outside surface flaw.
|A106|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for...|10.1520/A0106_A0106M-08 56154|Active|A108|2007-09-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold-Finished|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers cold-finished carbon and alloy steel bars produced in straight length and coil to chemical compositions. Cold-finished bars are suitable for heat treatment, for machining into components, or for use in the as-finished condition as shafting, or in constructional applications, or for other similar purposes (Note 1). Grades of steel are identified by grade numbers or by chemical composition.
Note 1
A guide for the selection of steel bars is contained in Practice A 400.
1.2 Some end uses may require one or more of the available designations shown under Supplementary Requirements. Supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified individually by the purchaser.
1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.
|alloy steel; carbon steel; cold-finished; steel bar; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A108|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N,CH|||||A01.15|01.05||A108-07|MP7|||||A108|Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold-Finished|A108||
This specification covers cold-finished carbon and alloy steel bars for heat treatment, machining into components, or for as-finished condition as shafting or in constructional applications. The steel materials shall be cold drawn, turned, ground, polished, hot wrought, cold rolled, and heat treated. The steel specimens shall undergo chemical analysis.
|A108|Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold-Finished|10.1520/A0108-07 63964|Active|A109/A109M|2008-10-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel, Strip, Carbon (0.25 Maximum Percent), Cold-Rolled|9|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers cold-rolled carbon steel strip in cut lengths or coils, furnished to closer tolerances than cold-rolled carbon steel sheet, with specific temper, with specific edge or specific finish, and in sizes as follows:

Width, in. Thickness, in.

Over ½ to 23¹⁵/₁₆ 0.300 and under

Over 12.5 to 600 mm 7.6 mm and under

1.2 Cold-rolled strip is produced with a maximum specified carbon not exceeding 0.25 percent.

1.3 Strip tolerance products may be available in widths wider than 23¹⁵/₁₆ in. [600 mm] by agreement between purchaser and supplier. However, such products are technically classified as cold rolled sheet. The tolerances, finishes, tempers, edges, and available widths and thicknesses differentiate cold rolled strip from the product known as cold rolled sheet which is defined by Specification A 568/A 568M and from cold rolled high carbon strip which is defined by Specification A 682/A 682M.

1.4 For the purpose of determining conformance with this specification, values shall be rounded to the nearest unit in the right hand place of figures used in expressing the limiting values in accordance with the rounding method of Practice E 29.

1.5 The SI portions of the tables contained herein list permissible variations in dimensions and mass (see Note 1) in SI (metric) units. The values listed are not exact conversions of the values listed in the inch-pound tables, but instead are rounded or rationalized values. Conformance to SI tolerances is mandatory when the “M” specification is used.

Note 1—The term weight is used when inch-pound units are the standard. However, under SI the preferred term is mass.

1.6 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.7 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
|carbon steel, strip; cold rolled steel strip; steel strip; Carbon steel sheet/strip--specifications; Cold-rolled steel sheet/strip--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A109|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A01.19|01.03|||MP7|||||A109A109M|Standard Specification for Steel, Strip, Carbon (0.25 Maximum Percent), Cold-Rolled|A109||
This specification covers cold-rolled carbon steel strip in cut lengths or coils, furnished to closer tolerances than cold-rolled carbon steel sheet. The steel shall be made by the open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace process. Cold-rolled carbon strip specified to temper numbers shall conform to the Rockwell hardness requirements. Bend tests shall be conducted in accordance with requirements specified.
|A109|Standard Specification for Steel, Strip, Carbon (0.25 Maximum Percent),...|10.1520/A0109_A0109M-03 35104|Active|A111|2004-05-01|99a(2004)e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron Telephone and Telegraph Line Wire|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers two grades of "iron" wire with Class A, Class B, and Class C zinc coatings, suitable for use in telephone, telegraph, and signal transmission. The two grades covered are designated Grade EBB (extra best best) and Grade BB (best best).

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.
|iron products-zinc coated; steel wire-zinc coated; telephone/telegraph wire; ICS Number Code 33.120.20 (Wires and symetrical cables)||TRUE/A111|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A05.12|01.06|||MP7|||||A111|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron Telephone and Telegraph Line Wire|A111||
This specification covers the standard requirements for iron wire with Class A, Class B, and Class C zinc coatings suitable for use in telephone, telegraph, and signal transmission lines. The zinc used for the coatings shall be of any grade while the base metal shall be made by any commercially-accepted steel-making process. The wire shall be furnished in coils of one continuous length and the welds made prior to the final drawing shall be permitted. Stripping, mechanical, and electrical tests shall be performed, wherein the specimens shall conform to the following required physical, mechanical, and electrical properties: weight and adherence of the coating; breaking strength, elongation, and ductility of the galvanized wire; and weight resistivity of the wire. Finished products shall be furnished in compact coils reasonably symmetrical in shape and marked showing the size, grade, class of coating, ASTM designation, and the name or mark of the manufacturer.
|A111|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) "Iron" Telephone and...|10.1520/A0111-99AR04E01 43371|Active|A116|2005-10-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated, Steel Woven Wire Fence Fabric|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers metallic-coated steel fence fabric having a series of horizontal (line) wires, with vertical (stay) wires woven or wrapped around the line wires, forming rectangular openings. The fence fabric is suitable for use in fences for farm field enclosure (to keep domestic animals in or out), for highway or railroad right-of-way fencing (to control access), and other similar uses.
1.2 This specification covers fence fabric in various designs, tensile strength grades, and metallic coating types and grades.
1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.
1.4 The text of this specification references notes and footnotes which provide explanatory material. These notes and footnotes (excluding those in tables and figures) shall not be considered as requirements of the specification.
|fence fabric; fencing material; metallic coated steel wire; steel wire; wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A116|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B|||||A05.12|01.06|||MP7|||||A116|Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated, Steel Woven Wire Fence Fabric|A116||
This specification covers metallic-coated steel-woven wire fence fabric having a series of horizontal (line) wires, with vertical (stay) wires either wrapped around the line wire (hinge joint) or fixed with another separate wire to the line wire (continuous stay fixed knot joint), forming rectangular openings. The fence fabric is suitable for use in fences for farm field enclosure (to keep domestic animals in or out), for wildlife and exotic animal control, for highway or railroad right-of-way fencing (to control access), and other similar uses. This specification covers fence fabric in various designs of tensile strength grades, namely: Grade 60, Grade 125, and Grade 175, metallic coating types, namely: Type A, Type Z, and Type ZA, and metallic coating classes, namely: Class 1, Class 3, Class 20, Class 40, and Class 80. The steel wire shall be coated prior to fabrication and the coating weight [mass] shall conform to the specified breaking strength and tensile strength. Requirements for construction including splicing and fence fabric length are detailed. Typical fence fabric dimensions for design numbers are illustrated. Tests for coating weight and breaking strength shall be performed.
|A116|Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated, Steel Woven Wire Fence Fabric|10.1520/A0116-05 55985|Active|A121|2007-09-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated Carbon Steel Barbed Wire|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers metallic-coated steel barbed wire, consisting of a strand of two wires.
1.2 The barbed wire is available with aluminum, zinc, and zinc-5 % aluminum-mischmetal alloy coatings, with a number of coating weights, in a number of different constructions (designs), and in two grades. Not all designs are available in all coating types.
1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in brackets are for information only.
1.4 The text of this specification references notes and footnotes that provide explanatory information. These notes and footnotes (excluding those in tables) shall not be considered as requirements of the specification.
|barbed wire; carbon steel wire; metallic coated steel wire; steel barbed wire; wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.65 (Steel wire, wir ropes and link chains)||TRUE/A121|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A05.12|01.06|||MP7|||||A121|Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated Carbon Steel Barbed Wire|A121||
This specification covers metallic-coated carbon steel barbed wire, consisting of a strand of two wires. The barbed wire is available with aluminum, zinc, and zinc-aluminum-mismatched alloy coatings with a number of coating weights. The barbed wire is classified as coating Type A, Type Z, and Type ZA. The sizes and constructions for barbed wire furnished under this specification shall conform the requirements. Sampling, testing and inspection of the material shall be performed in accordance with this specification.
|A121|Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated Carbon Steel Barbed Wire|10.1520/A0121-07 69016|Active|A123/A123M|2009-05-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers the requirements for zinc coating (galvanizing) by the hot-dip process on iron and steel products made from rolled pressed and forged shapes, castings, plates, bars, and strips.

1.2 This specification covers both unfabricated products and fabricated products, for example, assembled steel products, structural steel fabrications, large tubes already bent or welded before galvanizing, and wire work fabricated from uncoated steel wire. This specification also covers steel forgings and iron castings incorporated into pieces fabricated before galvanizing or which are too large to be centrifuged (or otherwise handled to remove excess galvanizing bath metal).
Note 1—This specification covers those products previously addressed in Specifications A 123-78 and A 386-78.

1.3 This specification does not apply to wire, pipe, tube, or steel sheet which is galvanized on specialized or continuous lines, or to steel less than 22 gage (0.0299 in.) [0.76 mm] thick.

1.4 The galvanizing of hardware items that are to be centrifuged or otherwise handled to remove excess zinc (such as bolts and similar threaded fasteners, castings and rolled, pressed and forged items) shall be in accordance with Specification A 153/A 153M.

1.5 Fabricated reinforcing steel bar assemblies are covered by the present specification. The galvanizing of separate reinforcing steel bars shall be in accordance with Specification A 767/A 767M.

1.6 This specification is applicable to orders in either inch-pound units (as A 123) or SI units (as A 123M). Inch-pound units and SI units are not necessarily exact equivalents. Within the text of this specification and where appropriate, SI units are shown in parentheses. Each system shall be used independently of the other without combining values in any way. In the case of orders in SI units, all testing and inspection shall be done using the metric equivalent of the test or inspection method as appropriate. In the case of orders in SI units, such shall be stated to the galvanizer when the order is placed.
|coatings—zinc; galvanized coatings; steel products—metallic coated; zinc coatings—steel products, Galvanized materials/structures/surfaces--specifications; Hot-dip (galvanized) coatings--specifications; Steel forgings--specifications; Steel hardware--zinc coatings; Steel plate (zinc-coated (galvanized)); Steel strip--zinc coatings; Wax coatings--specifications; Zinc-coated steel plate--specifications; Zinc coatings--specifications; ICS Number Code 25.220.40 (Metallic coatings)||TRUE/A123|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A05.13|01.06|||MP7|||||A123A123M|Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products|A123||
This specification covers the standard requirements for hot-dip galvanized zinc coatings on iron and steel products made from rolled pressed and forged shapes, castings, plates, bars, and strips. This specification deals with both unfabricated products and fabricated products, for example, assembled steel products, structural steel fabrications, large tubes already bent or welded before galvanizing, and wire work fabricated from uncoated steel wire. Also covered here are steel forgings and iron castings incorporated into pieces fabricated before galvanizing or those too large to be centrifuged (or otherwise handled to remove excess galvanizing bath metal).
|A123|Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and...|10.1520/A0123_A0123M-09 54796|Active|A125|2007-03-01|96(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Springs, Helical, Heat-Treated|6|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers hot-coiled, heat-treated helical compression springs with tapered, closed, squared and ground ends made of hot-wrought round steel bars 3/8 in. (9.5 mm) and larger in diameter.
1.2 This specification also serves to inform the user of practical manufacturing limits, mechanical tests, and inspection requirements applicable to the type of spring described in 1.1.
1.3 Supplementary Requirements S1 to S8 inclusive of an optional nature are provided. They shall apply only when specified by the purchaser. Details of these supplementary requirements shall be agreed upon by the manufacturer and purchaser.
1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only).
|steel springs; ICS Number Code 21.160 (Springs)||TRUE/A125|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A125|Standard Specification for Steel Springs, Helical, Heat-Treated|A125||
This specification covers the standard for hot-coiled, heat-treated helical compression springs with tapered, closed, squared and ground ends made of hot-wrought round steel bars. Cross sections for hot-wrought round, square, and round-cornered square bars of steel of the bar diameter shall be taken into consideration when designing and calculating the solid height, spring rate, solid stress, and solid capacity. The spring shall undergo quenching and tempering to have sufficiently high hardness and withstand the stresses developed in testing. Springs with specific indentation diameter shall not exceed the specified Brinell hardness numbers. The spring shall meet the metallurgical requirement, end construction, physical requirements such as measurements, solid height, free height, loaded height, permanent set, uniformity of pitch, outside diameter and calculations of solid capacity and uncorrected solid stress.
|A125|Standard Specification for Steel Springs, Helical, Heat-Treated|10.1520/A0125-96R07 34060|Active|A126|2004-05-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers three classes of gray iron for castings intended for use as valve pressure retaining parts, pipe fittings, and flanges.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.
Note 1
The text of this standard references notes and footnotes which provide explanatory material. These notes and footnotes (excluding those in tables and figures) shall not be considered as requirements of the standard.
|gray iron castings; pressure retaining parts; ICS Number Code 23.040.40 (Metal fittings); 23.040.60 (Flanges, couplings and joints)||TRUE/A126|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I,CH|||||A04.01|01.02|||MP4|||||A126|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings|A126||
This guide covers standard specification for three classes of gray iron for castings intended for use as valve pressure retaining parts, pipe fittings, and flanges. Chemical analysis shall be performed in each lot and shall conform to the required chemical composition for phosphorous and sulfur. Tension test shall be conducted on each class of gray iron castings and shall conform to the specified values of tensile strength. Tension test specimens shall have threaded ends and shall conform to the prescribed dimensions.
|A126|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and...|10.1520/A0126-04 57517|Active|A128/A128M|2007-11-01|93(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Austenitic Manganese|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers Hadfield austenitic manganese steel castings and alloy modifications.
1.2 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|austenitic manganese steel; manganese steel; steel castings; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A128|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A128A128M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Austenitic Manganese|A128||
This specification covers Hadfield austenitic manganese steel castings and alloy modifications. The castings shall be suitably heat treated to achieve toughness and ductility. This heat treatment shall consist of uniformly heating the castings to a temperature applicable for grade of steel produced. The steel shall conform to the requirements as to chemical composition prescribed. Weld repairs shall be inspected to the same quality standards as are used to inspect the castings.
|A128|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Austenitic Manganese|10.1520/A0128_A0128M-93R07 60135|Active|A131/A131M|2008-03-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Structural Steel for Ships|7|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers structural steel plates, shapes, bars, and rivets intended primarily for use in ship construction.

1.2 Material under this specification is available in the following categories:

1.2.1 Ordinary Strength—Grades A, B, D, and E with a specified minimum yield point of 34 ksi [235 MPa], and

1.2.2 Higher Strength—Grades AH, DH, EH, and FH with a specified minimum yield point of 46 ksi [315 MPa], 51 ksi [350 MPa], or 57 ksi [390 MPa].

1.3 Shapes and bars are normally available as Grades A, AH32, and AH36. Other grades may be furnished by agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer.

1.4 The maximum thickness of products furnished under this specification is 4 in. [100 mm] for plates and 2 in. [50 mm] for shapes and bars.

1.5 When the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed that a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service will be utilized. See Appendix X3 of Specification A 6/A 6M for information on weldability.

1.6 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as the standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.
|bars; higher strength; ordinary strength; plates; rivets; shapes; ship construction; steel; structural steel; High-strength structural steel--specifications; Riveted construction--specifications; Structural steel (SS) bars--specifications; Structural steel (SS) plate--specifications; Structural steel (SS) shapes--specifications; Shipbuilding steel materials (structural); Structural shipbuilding materials/applications; Ordinary-strength steel; ICS Number Code 47.020.05 (Materials and components for shipbuilding)||TRUE/A131|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.02|01.04|||MP7|||||A131A131M|Standard Specification for Structural Steel for Ships|A131||
This specification covers structural steel plates, shapes, bars, and rivets for use in ship construction. Materials under this specification can be categorized as ordinary strength and higher strength. Plates in all thicknesses shall be normalized or thermo-mechanical control processed while shapes and bars in all thicknesses shall be heat treated and rolled. Heat analysis of ordinary strength structural steel shall be used to determine the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, silicon, and copper. Same analysis shall be used to higher strength structural steel to determine the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, vanadium, aluminum, titanium, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, silicon, copper, nickel, and niobium. Materials shall conform to the required metallurgical structure which shall be evaluated by determining the average grain size. Mechanical properties such as elongation and toughness shall be evaluated using tension test and Charpy V-notch impact test.
|A131|Standard Specification for Structural Steel for Ships|10.1520/A0131_A0131M-08 34324|Active|A132|2004-05-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Ferromolybdenum|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification two grades of ferromolybdenum.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|ferromolybdenum; molybdenum||TRUE/A132|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A132|Standard Specification for Ferromolybdenum|A132||
This specification covers different sizes of two grades of ferromolybdenum. The material shall conform to the requirements as to composition of the following chemical elements: molybdenum, carbon, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, and copper.
|A132|Standard Specification for Ferromolybdenum|10.1520/A0132-04 43283|Active|A134|2005-10-01|96(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded (Sizes NPS 16 and Over)|4|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers electric-fusion (arc)-welded straight seam or spiral seam steel pipe NPS 16 and over in diameter (inside or outside as specified by purchaser), with wall thicknesses up to 3/4 in. (19.0 mm), inclusive. Pipe having other dimensions may be furnished provided such pipe complies with all other requirements of this specification.
Note 1—Acceptability for many services may be controlled by codes or standards such as those published by the American National Standards Institute and American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
Note 2—For testing methods not specifically covered in this specification, reference can be made to Test Methods and Definitions A 370, with particular reference to Annex A 2 on Steel Tubular Products.
Note 3—A comprehensive listing of standardized pipe dimensions is contained in ANSI B 36.10.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
Note 4—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter", "size", and "nominal size".
1.3 The following precautionary caveat pertains specifically to Section 5 of this specification.This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|electric-fusion-welded steel pipe; steel pipe-steel plate pipe; steel plate pipe; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A134|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A134|Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded (Sizes NPS 16 and Over)|A134||
This specification covers electric-fusion (arc)-welded straight seam or spiral seam steel pipes with diameters NPS 16 and larger. The materials for these pipes as well as the welding procedure shall conform to other ASTM standards listed herein. This standard also contains requirements for the permissible weight and dimension variations and pipe lengths.
|A134|Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded...|10.1520/A0134-96R05 46291|Active|A135/A135M|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe|9|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers two grades of electric-resistance-welded steel pipe in NPS 2 to NPS 30 [DN 50 to DN 750] inclusive, with nominal (average) wall thickness up to 0.500 in. [12.70 mm], inclusive, and in nominal sizes NPS 3/ 4 to NPS 5 [DN 20 to DN 125] inclusive with nominal (average) wall thickness 0.083 in. [2.11 mm] to 0.134 in. [3.40 mm], depending on size. Pipe having other dimensions (Note 0) may be furnished provided such pipe complies with all other requirements of this specification. The pipe is intended for conveying gas, vapor, water or other liquid; only Grade A is adapted for flanging and bending (Note 0). The suitability of pipe for various purposes is somewhat dependent upon its dimensions, properties, and conditions of service, so that the purpose for which the pipe is intended should be stated in the order. The pipe may be furnished either nonexpanded or cold expanded at the option of the manufacturer. When pipe is cold expanded, the amount of expansion shall not exceed 1.5 % of the outside diameter pipe size. Note 0A comprehensive listing of standardized pipe dimensions is contained in ASME B36.10M.
Note 0
This provision is not intended to prohibit the cold bending of Grade B pipe.
1.2 The values stated in either SI or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other.
|eddy current testing; electric resistance welded pipe; hydrostatic testing; plain end pipe; Schedule 10 pipe; threaded pipe; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A135|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A135A135M|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe|A135||
This specification covers two grades of electric-resistance-welded steel pipe intended for conveying gas, vapor, water or other liquid. The steel shall be made by either or both basic-oxygen or electric-furnace processes. Steel may be cast in ingots or may be strand cast. The pipe shall be manufactured from flat rolled steel in individual lengths or continuous length by electric-resistance or electric-induction welding without the addition of extraneous material. The weld seam of electric-resistance welded pipe to Grade B pipe shall be heat treated after welding or processed in such a manner that no untempered martensite remains. Tensile and chemical requirements of the steel are provided. Specimens of the steel pipes are subject to flattening test and hydrostatic test. A nondestructive electric test, either electromagnetic (eddy current) or ultrasonic test, may be preferred as an alternate to the hydrostatic test.
|A135|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe|10.1520/A0135_A0135M-06 33649|Active|A139/A139M|2004-03-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded Steel Pipe (NPS 4 and Over)|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers five grades of electric-fusion (arc)-welded straight-seam or helical-seam steel pipe. Pipe of NPS 4 (Note 1) and larger with nominal (average) wall thickness of 1.0 in. [25.4 mm] and less are covered. Listing of standardized dimensions are for reference (Note 2). The grades of steel are pipe mill grades having mechanical properties which differ from standard plate grades. The pipe is intended for conveying liquid, gas, or vapor.
Note 2—A comprehensive listing of standardized pipe dimensions is contained in ASME B36.10M.
Note 3—The suitability of pipe for various purposes is somewhat dependent on its dimensions, properties, and conditions of service. For example, for high-temperature service see applicable codes and Specification A 691.
1.2 The values stated in either inch-pound units or in SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other.
|arc welded steel pipe; fusion welded steel pipe; steel pipe; welded steel pipe; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A139|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,A|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A139A139M|Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded Steel Pipe (NPS 4 and Over)|A139||
This specification covers five grades of electric-fusion(arc)-welded straight-seam or helical steel pipe including pipe of NPS 4 and over. The required chemical composition, tensile requirements of the steel, and the tensile requirements of the production welds are presented. Heat analysis of each heat of steel was made to determine the percentage of the elements as per chemical requirements. Tests to be performed shall include one longitudinal tension test for the steel, one reduced-section production weld test for the pipe, and hydrostatic test for each length of the pipe.
|A139|Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded Steel Pipe (NPS 4...|10.1520/A0139_A0139M-04 54245|Active|A143/A143M|2007-05-01|07|Practice|Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot-Dip Galvanized Structural Steel Products and Procedure for Detecting Embrittlement|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This practice covers procedures that can be followed to safeguard against the possible embrittlement of steel hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, and outlines test procedures for detecting embrittlement. Conditions of fabrication may induce a susceptibility to embrittlement in certain steels that can be accelerated by galvanizing. Embrittlement is not a common occurrence, however, and this discussion does not imply that galvanizing increases embrittlement where good fabricating and galvanizing procedures are employed. Where history has shown that for specific steels, processes and galvanizing procedures have been satisfactory, this history will serve as an indication that no embrittlement problem is to be expected for those steels, processes, and galvanizing procedures.
1.2 This practice is applicable in either inch-pounds or SI units. Inch-pounds and SI units are not necessarily exact equivalents. Within the text of this practice and where appropriate, SI units are shown in brackets.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|coatings-zinc; galvanized coatings; steel products-metallic coated; zinc coatings-steel products; ICS Number Code 77.140.10 (Heat-treatable steels)||TRUE/A143|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A05.13|01.06|||MP7|||||A143A143M|Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot-Dip Galvanized Structural Steel Products and Procedure for Detecting Embrittlement|A143||
This practice covers procedures that can be followed to safeguard against the possible embrittlement of steel hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, and outlines test procedures for detecting embrittlement. Conditions of fabrication may induce a susceptibility to embrittlement in certain steels that can be accelerated by galvanizing. Open-hearth, basic-oxygen, and electric-furnace steels shall be used for galvanizing. Other materials that can be galvanized include continuous cast slabs, steel or iron castings, and wrought iron. The material shall undergo cold working and thermal treatment. Embrittlement of steel shapes, steel castings, threaded articles, and hardware items shall be tested using a bend test , a universal testing machine, or by means of a press with the load applied slowly, until fracture of the galvanized test specimen occurs.
|A143|Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot-Dip...|10.1520/A0143_A0143M-07 36158|Active|A144|2004-09-01|04|Specification|Specification for Ferrotungsten|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers four grades of ferrotungsten.
|ICS Number Code 77.120.99 (Other non-ferrous metals and their alloys)||TRUE/A144|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A144|Specification for Ferrotungsten|A144||
This guide covers standard specification for several grades of ferrotungsten. The material shall conform to the required chemical composition for tungsten, carbon, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, molybdenum, and aluminum. The material shall also conform to supplementary chemical requirements for manganese, copper, nickel, arsenic, antimony, tin, and bismuth. Various grades of steel shall be available in specified sizes that meet the required size tolerance.
|A144|Specification for Ferrotungsten|10.1520/A0144-04 34325|Active|A146|2004-05-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Molybdenum Oxide Products|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers four grades of molybdenum oxide, designated as A, B1, B2, and molybdic oxide briquets.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|molybdenum; molybdenum oxide||TRUE/A146|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A146|Standard Specification for Molybdenum Oxide Products|A146||
This specification covers four grades of molybdenum oxide, designates as A, B1, B2, and molybdic oxide briquets. The various grades shall conform to the required chemical compositions of molybdenum, sulfur, and copper. The materials shall be sampled and shall undergo correction of the sample to dry net weight.
|A146|Standard Specification for Molybdenum Oxide Products|10.1520/A0146-04 60149|Active|A148/A148M|2008-03-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, High Strength, for Structural Purposes|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers carbon steel, alloy steel, and martensitic stainless steel castings that are to be subjected to higher mechanical stresses than those covered in Specification A 27/A 27M.

1.2 Several grades of steel castings are covered, having the chemical composition and mechanical properties prescribed in Tables 1 and 2.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|alloy steel; carbon steel; castings; high strength steel; martensitic stainless steel; steel castings; structural castings; Alloy steel castings--specifications; Carbon steel castings--specifications; Structural steel (SS) castings--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A148|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A148A148M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, High Strength, for Structural Purposes|A148||
This specification covers the standard for carbon steel, alloy steel, and martensitic stainless steel castings that are to be subjected to higher mechanical stresses. All castings shall undergo heat treatment either by full annealing, normalizing, normalizing and tempering, or quenching and tempering and shall be regulated under pyrometers. Several grades of steel castings are covered and shall conform to the required chemical composition for sulfur and phosphorus. A tension test shall be performed and shall conform to the required tensile strength, yield point, and elongation. The notch bar impact properties shall also be determined by testing one set of three Charpy V-notch impact specimens.
|A148|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, High Strength, for Structural...|10.1520/A0148_A0148M-08 69017|Active|A153/A153M|2009-05-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers zinc coatings applied by the hot-dip process on iron and steel hardware. The hot-dip galvanizing process consists of parts being immersed in molten zinc for a sufficient time to allow a metallurgical reaction between iron from the steel surface and the molten zinc, resulting in the formation of Zn/Fe alloy layers bonding the coating to the steel surface.

1.2 This specification is intended to be applicable to hardware items that are centrifuged or otherwise handled to remove excess galvanizing bath metal (free zinc). Coating thickness grade requirements reflect this.

1.3 This specification is applicable to orders in either inch-pound units (as A 153) or in SI units (as A 153M). Inch-pound units and SI units are not necessarily exact equivalents. Within the text of this specification and where appropriate, SI units are shown in brackets. Each system shall be used independently of the other without combining values in any way. In the case of orders in SI units, all testing and inspection shall be done using the metric equivalent of the test or inspection method as appropriate. In the case of orders in SI units, such shall be stated to the galvanizer when the order is placed.

1.4 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|coatings, zinc; galvanized coatings; steel hardware, zinc coated; steel products, metallic coated; zinc coatings, steel products, Hot-dip (galvanized) coatings--specifications; Iron--specifications; Iron products (general)--zinc-coated (hot-dip galvanized); Steel hardware--zinc coatings; Wax coatings--specifications; Zinc-coated steel products--specifications; ICS Number Code 91.190 (Building accessories)||TRUE/A153|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I|||||A05.13|01.06|||MP7|||||A153A153M|Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware|A153||
This specification covers standards for zinc coatings applied through hot-drip process on iron and steel hardware. The hot-dip galvanizing process shall form layers of Zn/Fe alloy adhering to the steel surface. This specification is applicable to steel hardware items of Classes A, B, C, and D. The thickness or weight/mass of zinc coating shall conform to specified values for various classes of materials. The coated articles shall be free from uncoated areas, blisters, flux deposits, dross inclusions, and other defects. The coating shall be smooth and reasonably uniform in thickness. Tests shall be performed to determine the minimum coating weight or minimum coating thickness, finish and appearance, embrittlement, adherence, average weight/mass of coating, and average thickness of coating. Guidelines are also given for inspection, rejection and retest, packaging, and certification procedures.
|A153|Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel...|10.1520/A0153_A0153M-09 49896|Active|A159|2006-10-01|83(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Automotive Gray Iron Castings|5|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification applies to gray iron castings, cast in sand molds, used in the products of the automobile, truck, tractor, and allied industries.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|automotive iron castings; automotive steel materials-structural; iron castings-gray; tractors; gray iron castings (used in products of automobile/truck/tractor/allied; industries); ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A159|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A04.01|01.02|||MP4|||||A159|Standard Specification for Automotive Gray Iron Castings|A159||
This specification covers gray iron castings for products of the automobile, truck, tractor and allied industries. The materials shall be classified into eight grades (G1800, G2500, G3000, G3500, G4000, G2500a, G3500b and G3500c) based on the range of their casting hardness, chemical composition and microstructure. Grades G1800 and G2500 shall be annealed. Alloy gray iron automotive camshafts of grade designation G4000d shall conform to the required values of casting hardness, chemical compositions of chromium, molybdenum, and nickel and microstructure. The cam areas of camshaft casting shall undergo selective hardening by flame or induction hardening and shall conform to the required values of depth and surface hardness.
|A159|Standard Specification for Automotive Gray Iron Castings|10.1520/A0159-83R06 68714|Active|A167|2009-05-01|99(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers stainless and heat-resisting chromium-nickel steel plate, sheet, and strip.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.

Note 1—Grades that were previously covered in both Specifications A 167 and A 240/A 240M have been removed from this specification and may now be supplied and purchased in compliance with Specification A 240/A 240M. The chemical and mechanical property requirements of these grades were identical in Specifications A 167 and A 240/A 240M at the time of removal from Specification A 167.
|Steel sheet--specifications; Steel sheet/strip/plate--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.20 (Steels of high quality); 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A167|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I,N,CH|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A167|Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip|A167||
This specification covers the standard for stainless and heat-resisting chromium-nickel steel plate, sheet, and strip. The steel shall conform to the requirements as to chemical composition in carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel, and molybdenum. The material shall also conform to the mechanical properties such as tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and hardness.
|A167|Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel...|10.1520/A0167-99R09 68715|Active|A176|2009-05-01|99(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers stainless and heat-resisting chromium steel plate, sheet, and strip available in a wide variety of surface finishes.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
Note 1—Grades that were previously covered in both Specifications A 176 and A 240/A 240M have been removed from this specification and may now be supplied and purchased in compliance with Specification A 240/A 240M. The chemical and mechanical property requirements of these grades were identical in Specifications A 176 and A 240/A 240M at the time of removal from Specification A 176.

|Chromium steel plate--specifications; Steel sheet--specifications; Steel sheet/strip/plate--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.20 (Steels of high quality); 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A176|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A176|Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip|A176||
This specification covers stainless steel and heat-resisting chromium steel plate, and strips available in a wide variety of surface finishes. The steel shall conform to specified chemical composition requirements. Also, the material shall conform to the specified mechanical property and mechanical test requirements.
|A176|Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium Steel...|10.1520/A0176-99R09 58415|Active|A178/A178M|2007-11-01|02(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel and Carbon-Manganese Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers minimum-wall-thickness, electric-resistance-welded tubes made of carbon steel and carbon-manganese steel intended for use as boiler tubes, boiler flues, superheater flues, and safe ends.
Note 1—Type C and D tubes are not suitable for safe-ending for forge welding.

1.2 The tubing sizes and thicknesses usually furnished to this specification are ½ to 5 in. [12.7 to 127 mm] in outside diameter and 0.035 to 0.360 in. [0.9 to 9.1 mm], inclusive, in minimum wall thickness. Tubing having other dimensions may be furnished, provided such tubes comply with all other requirements of this specification.

1.3 Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than ¹/₈ in. [3.2 mm] in inside diameter or 0.015 in. [0.4 mm] in thickness.

1.4 Optional supplementary requirements are provided and when desired, shall be so stated in the order.

1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the “M” designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|boiler tube; resistance welded steel tube; steel tube, carbon; welded steel tube; Carbon steel tube--specifications; Electric-resistance-welded (ERW) steel tube--specifications; Pressure vessel steel tube--specifications; Resistance-welded steel tube; Welded steel tube--specifications; Boiler/superheater tubes--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A178|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A178A178M|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel and Carbon-Manganese Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes|A178||
This specification covers standards for electric-resistance-welded tubes with minimum-wall-thickness made of carbon steel and carbon-manganese steel to be used in boiler tubes, boiler flues, superheater flues, and safe ends. The steel shall be of Grades A (low-carbon steel), C (medium-carbon steel), or D (carbon-manganese steel). All tubes shall be submitted to heat treatment after welding, followed by cooling. The steel shall conform to stated compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulphur, and silicon. Grades C and D shall conform to given tensile requirements, that is tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. The material shall also be subjected to flattening, flange, tension, reverse flattening, and hydrostatic (or nondestructive electric) tests. Crush test shall also be performed if asked by the purchaser. Minimum elongation values are also given.
|A178|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel and...|10.1520/A0178_A0178M-02R07 43346|Active|A179/A179M|2005-10-01|90a(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Cold-Drawn Low-Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Tubes|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers minimum-wall-thickness, seamless cold-drawn low-carbon steel tubes for tubular heat exchangers, condensers, and similar heat transfer apparatus.
1.2 This specification covers tubes 1/8 to 3 in. [3.2 to 76.2 mm], inclusive, in outside diameter. Note 1Tubing smaller in outside diameter and having a thinner wall than indicated in this specification is available. Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than 1/8 in. [3.2 mm] in outside diameter or with a wall thickness under 0.015 in. [0.4 mm].
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|cold drawn tube; condenser tubes; heat exchanger tubes; low carbon steel; seamless tube; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A179|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A179A179M|Standard Specification for Seamless Cold-Drawn Low-Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Tubes|A179||
This specification covers minimum-wall thickness, seamless cold-drawn low-carbon steel tubes for tubular heat exchangers, condensers, and similar heat transfer apparatus. Tubes shall be made by the seamless process and shall be cold drawn. Heat and product analysis shall be performed wherein steel materials shall conform to required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, and sulfur. The steel materials shall also undergo hardness test, flattening test, flaring test, flange test, and hydrostatic test.
|A179|Standard Specification for Seamless Cold-Drawn Low-Carbon Steel...|10.1520/A0179_A0179M-90AR05 49272|Active|A181/A181M|2006-09-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings, for General-Purpose Piping|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers nonstandard as-forged fittings, valve components, and parts for general service. Forgings made to this specification are limited to a maximum weight of 10 000 lb [4540 kg]. Larger forgings may be ordered to Specification A 266/A 266M.
1.2 Two classes of material are covered, designated as Classes 60 and 70, respectively, and are classified in accordance with their mechanical properties as specified in .
1.3 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable "M" specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|pipe fittings, steel; piping applications; pressure containing parts; steel forgings, carbon; steel valves; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A181|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A181A181M|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings, for General-Purpose Piping|A181||
This specification covers the carbon steel forgings used for general-purpose piping. Two classes of material are covered, Classes 60 and 70, and classified according to their mechanical properties. Except for flanges of all types, up to and including NPS 4 may be machined from hot-rolled or forged bar. Elbows, return bends, tees, and header tees shall not be machined directly from bar stock. Forgings shall be protected against sudden or too rapid cooling from the rolling or forging while passing through critical range. Heat treatment is neither required nor prohibited, but when applied, it shall consist of tempering, annealing, normalizing, or normalizing and tempering. Heat analysis shall be made to determine the percentage of the following elements: carbon, manganese, phosphorus, silicon, and sulfur. The mechanical properties of the material shall conform to the required tensile properties: tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and reduction of area.
|A181|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings, for General-Purpose...|10.1520/A0181_A0181M-06 69961|Active|A182/A182M|2009-06-01|09a|Specification|Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature Service|18|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This specification covers forged low alloy and stainless steel piping components for use in pressure systems. Included are flanges, fittings, valves, and similar parts to specified dimensions or to dimensional standards, such as the ASME specifications that are referenced in Section 2.

1.2 For bars and products machined directly from bar (other than those directly addressed by this specification; see 5.4), refer to Specifications A 479/A 479M and A 739 for the similar grades available in those specifications. Products made to this specification are limited to a maximum weight of 10 000 lb [4540 kg]. For larger products and products for other applications, refer to Specifications A 336/A 336M and A 965/A 965M for the similar ferritic and austenitic grades, respectively, available in those specifications.

1.3 Several grades of low alloy steels and ferritic, martensitic, austenitic, and ferritic-austenitic stainless steels are included in this specification. Selection will depend upon design and service requirements.

1.4 Supplementary requirements are provided for use when additional testing or inspection is desired. These shall apply only when specified individually by the purchaser in the order.

1.5 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and in SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.

1.6 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as the standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|austenitic stainless steel; chromium alloy steel; chromium-molybdenum steel; ferritic/austenitic stainless steel; ferritic stainless steel; martensitic stainless steel; nickel alloy steel; notch toughness requirements; pipe fittings; piping applications; pressure containing parts; stainless steel fittings; stainless steel forgings; steel; steel flanges; steel forgings, alloy; steel valves; temperature service applications, elevated; temperature service applications, high; wrought material; Austenitic stainless steel pipe--specifications; Chromium alloy steel--specifications; Chromium-molybdenum steel--specifications; Ferritic stainless steel--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel pipe; Martensitic stainless steel forgings--specifications; Notch toughness; Stainless steel fittings--specifications; Steel fittings--specifications; Steel flanges--specifications; Steel valves--specifications; Thyssen grade 45653; Wrought steel--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.40 (Metal fittings); 23.040.60 (Flanges, couplings and joints)||TRUE/A182|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,N,D,CH|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A182A182M|Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature Service|A182||
This specification covers forged or rolled alloy and stainless steel pipe flanges, forged fittings, and valves and parts for high-temperature service. After hot working, forgings shall be cooled to a specific temperature prior to heat treatment, which shall be performed in accordance with certain requirements such as heat treatment type, austenitizing/solution temperature, cooling media, and quenching. The materials shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, columbium, titanium. The material shall conform to the requirements as to mechanical properties for the grade ordered such as tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, Brinell hardness. All H grades and grade F 63 shall be tested for average grain size.
|A182|Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless Steel...|10.1520/A0182_A0182M-09A 69031|Active|A183|2009-04-01|03(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers carbon steel track bolts and carbon steel nuts for use in conjunction with joint bars to connect rails in railroad track.

1.2 Two grades of track bolts are defined:

1.2.1 Grade 1, Low-Carbon, Untreated, primarily for industrial and mine track use.

1.2.2 Grade 2, Heat-Treated, for general track use.

1.3 Two grades of nuts are defined:

1.3.1 Grade 1, Low-Carbon or Soft Steel, primarily for application on Grade 1 track bolts.

1.3.2 Grade 2, Medium-Carbon, for general application on track bolts.

1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|fasteners-steel; rails; railway applications; steel bolting materials; steel rails; track bolts and nuts; Bolting materials; Carbon steel bolting materials--specifications; Fasteners (metal)--specifications; Railroad steel materials; Steel bolting materials--specifications; Track bolts and nuts--specifications; ICS Number Code 21.060.10 (Bolts, screws, studs)||TRUE/A183|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.01|01.04|||MP7|||||A183|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts|A183||
This specification covers carbon steel track bolts and carbon steel nuts for use in conjunction with joint bars to connect rails in railroad track. The required chemical composition for steel is presented in details. The full section and the reduced-section bolt tension tests requirements are specified as per reference materials.
|A183|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts|10.1520/A0183-03R09 45910|Active|A184/A184M|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers material in mat (or sheet) form fabricated from deformed steel bars to be used for the reinforcement of concrete. Mats consist of two layers of bars that are assembled at right angles to each other. Mats are assembled by welding at the intersections.
1.2 This specification is applicable for orders in either inch-pound units (as Specification A 184) or SI units (as Specification A 184M).
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.
|concrete reinforcement; mats; steel bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.15 (Steels for reinforcement of concrete)||TRUE/A184|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.05|01.04|||MP7|||||A184A184M|Standard Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement|A184||
This specification covers the standard guide for welded deformed steel bar mats for concrete reinforcement. Mats should be capable of withstanding static load exerted perpendicular to the plane of the mat tending to separate the bars with no apparent loosening when applied to one intersection of the connected bars. Tension tests shall be performed on the specimen to determine the conformance to reference test materials. Also, test of connections against separation shall be performed on an assembled mat by placing blocks under a deformed bar in the upper layer and applying the prescribed load upon the bar in the lower layer.
|A184|Standard Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete...|10.1520/A0184_A0184M-06 56430|Active|A185/A185M|2007-09-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers welded wire reinforcement to be used for the reinforcement of concrete.
Note 1
Welded wire for concrete reinforcement has been described by various terms: welded wire fabric, WWF, fabric, and mesh. The wire reinforcement industry prefers the term "welded wire reinforcement" (WWR) as being more representative of the range of products being manufactured. Therefore, the term "welded wire fabric" has been replaced with the term "welded wire reinforcement" in this specification and in related specifications.
1.2 The values stated in SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard. (Within the text the inch-pound units are shown in brackets.)
|concrete reinforcement; reinforced concrete; reinforcing steels; teel wire; welded wire reinforcement; ICS Number Code 77.140.15 (Steels for reinforcement of concrete)||TRUE/A185|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.05|01.04|||MP7|||||A185A185M|Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete|A185||
This specification covers steel welded wire reinforcements to be used for the reinforcement of concrete. The wires shall be assembled by automatic machines or by other suitable mechanical means that shall assure accurate spacing and alignment of all wires of the finished welded wire reinforcement. Test specimens shall be obtained by cutting from the finished welded wire reinforcement a full width section of sufficient length to perform testing. The wire shall withstand mechanical tests such as tensile test and bend test and shall meet the minimum requirements on reduction of area and wear shear strength. The welded wire reinforcement shall be acceptable if the average of all test values across the specimen meets each of the prescribed minimum values.
|A185|Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for...|10.1520/A0185_A0185M-07 58416|Active|A192/A192M|2007-11-01|02(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Boiler Tubes for High-Pressure Service|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers minimum-wall-thickness, seamless carbon steel boiler and superheater tubes for high-pressure service.

1.2 The tubing sizes and thicknesses usually furnished to this specification are ½ in. to 7 in. [12.7 to 177.8 mm] outside diameter and 0.085 to 1.000 in. [2.2 to 25.4 mm], inclusive, in minimum wall thickness. Tubing having other dimensions may be furnished, provided such tubes comply with all other requirements of this specification.

1.3 Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than ¹/₈ in. [3.2 mm] inside diameter or 0.015 in. [0.4 mm] thickness.

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the “M” designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|boiler tubes; seamless steel tube; steel tube-carbon; Boiler/superheater tubes--specifications; Carbon steel tube--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel tube; Pressure vessel steel tube--specifications; Seamless steel tube--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A192|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A192A192M|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Boiler Tubes for High-Pressure Service|A192||
This guide covers standard specifications for minimum-wall-thickness, seamless carbon steel boiler and superheater tubes for high-pressure service. The steel shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, and silicon. The tubes shall have a hardness number not exceeding a specific value. The following mechanical tests shall be conducted, namely: flattening test; flaring test; hardness test; and hydrostatic test.
|A192|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Boiler Tubes for...|10.1520/A0192_A0192M-02R07 70010|Active|A193/A193M|2009-06-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications|13|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This specification covers alloy and stainless steel bolting material for pressure vessels, valves, flanges, and fittings for high temperature or high pressure service, or other special purpose applications. The term bolting material as used in this specification covers bars, bolts, screws, studs, stud bolts, and wire. Bars and wire shall be hot-wrought. The material may be further processed by centerless grinding or by cold drawing. Austenitic stainless steel may be carbide solution treated or carbide solution treated and strain-hardened. When strain hardened austenitic steel is ordered, the purchaser should take special care to ensure that Appendix X1 is thoroughly understood.

1.2 Several grades are covered, including ferritic steels and austenitic stainless steels designated B5, B8, and so forth. Selection will depend upon design, service conditions, mechanical properties, and high temperature characteristics.

1.3 The following referenced general requirements are indispensable for application of this specification: Specification A 962/A 962M.

Note 1—The committee formulating this specification has included fifteen steel types that have been rather extensively used for the present purpose. Other compositions will be considered for inclusion by the committee from time to time as the need becomes apparent.

Note 2—For grades of alloy-steel bolting material suitable for use at the lower range of high temperature applications, reference should be made to Specification A 354.

Note 3—For grades of alloy-steel bolting material suitable for use in low temperature applications, reference should be made to Specification A 320/A 320M.

1.4 Nuts for use with this bolting material are covered in Section 14.

1.5 Supplementary Requirements S1 through S14 are provided for use when additional tests or inspection are desired. These shall apply only when specified in the purchase order.

1.6 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and in SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable M specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.

1.7 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets.
|hardness; heat treatment; Alloy steel bolting materials--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel bolting applications; Stainless steel bolting materials--specifications; Stainless steel fittings--specifications; Steel fittings--specifications; Steel flanges--specifications; Steel valves--specifications; ICS Number Code 21.060.01 (Fasteners in general); 77.080.20 (Steels)||TRUE/A193|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N,CH|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A193A193M|Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications|A193||
This specification covers alloy steel and stainless steel bolting material for pressure vessels, valves, flanges, and fittings for high temperature or high pressure service, or other special purpose applications. Ferritic steels shall be properly heat treated as best suits the high temperature characteristics of each grade. Immediately after rolling or forging, the bolting material shall be allowed to cool to a temperature below the cooling transformation range. The chemical composition requirements for each alloy are presented in details. The steel shall not contain an unspecified element for ordered grade to the extent that the steel conforms to the requirements of another grade for which that element is a specified element. The tensile property and hardness property requirements are discussed, the tensile property requirement is highlighted by a full size fasteners, wedge tensile testing.
|A193|Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting...|10.1520/A0193_A0193M-09 68732|Active|A194/A194M|2009-05-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both|11|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This specification covers a variety of carbon, alloy, and martensitic stainless steel nuts in the size range ¼ through 4 in. and metric M6 through M100 nominal. It also covers austenitic stainless steel nuts in the size range ¼ in. and M6 nominal and above. These nuts are intended for high-pressure or high-temperature service, or both. Grade substitutions without the purchaser's permission are not allowed.

1.2 Bars from which the nuts are made shall be hot-wrought. The material may be further processed by centerless grinding or by cold drawing. Austenitic stainless steel may be solution annealed or annealed and strain-hardened. When annealed and strain hardened austenitic stainless steel is ordered in accordance with Supplementary Requirement S1, the purchaser should take special care to ensure that 8.2.2, Supplementary Requirement S1, and Appendix X1 are thoroughly understood.

1.3 Supplementary requirements (S1 through S8) of an optional nature are provided. These shall apply only when specified in the inquiry, contract, and order.

1.4 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and in SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable“ M” specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.

1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets.
|bolting; chemical analysis; coated; marking on fasteners; plated; ICS Number Code 21.060.20 (Nuts)||TRUE/A194|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N,CH|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A194A194M|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both|A194||
This specification covers a variety of carbon, alloy, and martensitic and austenitic stainless steel nuts. These nuts are intended for high-pressure or high-temperature service, or both. Bars from which the nuts are made shall be hot-wrought. The material may be further processed by centerless grinding or by cold drawing. Austenitic stainless steel may be solution annealed or annealed and strain-hardened. Each alloy shall conform to the chemical composition requirements prescribed. Hardness tests, proof of load tests, and cone proof load tests shall be made to all nuts to meet the requirements specified.
|A194|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High...|10.1520/A0194_A0194M-09 45249|Active|A197/A197M|2006-02-01|00(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers malleable irons for castings made by the cupola process.
1.2 Without knowledge of casting geometry and process details, quantitative relationships cannot be stated between the properties of the iron in the various locations of a casting and those of a test bar cast from the same iron.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|ICS Number Code 77.080.10 (Irons)||TRUE/A197|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I|||||A04.02|01.02|||MP4|||||A197A197M|Standard Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron|A197||
This specification covers malleable irons for castings made by the cupola process. The chemical composition of the iron shall be such as to produce materials that meet the mechanical property requirements. The tensile test methods for malleable iron are presented in details. At least three tensile test specimens shall be cast from a representative ladle of iron from each 4-h pour period during the purchaser's castings were poured. Only one test specimen need be tested to qualify each pour period and heat treatment batch provided the requirements of this specification are met by the test specimen. The microstructure of the malleable iron shall consist of temper carbon nodules uniformly distributed in a ferritic matrix and shall be free from excessive pearlite, massive carbides, and primary graphite. All castings, on visual examination shall be sound and free from obvious shrinkage and porosity.
|A197|Standard Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron|10.1520/A0197_A0197M-00R06 60601|Active|A203/A203M|2007-11-01|97(2007)e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Nickel|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers nickel-alloy steel plates intended primarily for welded pressure vessels.

1.2 Plates under this specification are available with four strength levels and two nickel compositions as follows:

Grade Nominal Nickel
Content % Yield Strength, min, ksi [MPa] Tensile Strength, min, ksi [MPa]

A 2.25 37 [255] 65 [450]

B 2.25 40 [275] 70 [485]

D 3.50 37 [255] 65 [450]

E 3.50 40 [275] 70 [485]

F 3.50

2 in. [50 mm] and under 55 [380] 80 [550] cccc

Over 2 in. [50 mm] 50 [345] 75 [515]

1.3 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements. However, current practice normally limits the maximum thickness of plates furnished under this specification as follows:

Grade Maximum Thickness, in. [mm]

A 6 [150]

B 6 [150]

D 4 [100]

E 4 [100]

F 4 [100]

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents. Therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.
|alloy steel plate; nickel alloy steel; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel steels; steel plates; steel plates for pressure vessel applications; Alloy steel plate--specifications; Nickel alloy steel plate (for welded pressure vessels); ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes); 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A203|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A203A203M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Nickel|A203||
This specification covers nickel-alloy steel plates intended primarily for welded pressure vessels. As a steel making practice, the steel shall be killed and shall conform to fine grain size requirements. The heat treatment requirements for all plates are presented, and all plates under Grades A, B, D, and E shall be normalized as required. The steel shall conform to the required chemical compositions. Two mechanical test requirements are presented that includes, tension test requirements and impact test requirements.
|A203|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Nickel|10.1520/A0203_A0203M-97R07E01 60015|Active|A204/A204M|2007-11-01|03(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Molybdenum|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers molybdenum-alloy steel plates, intended particularly for welded boilers and other pressure vessels.

1.2 Plates under this specification are available in three grades having different strength levels as follows:

Grade Tensile Strength, ksi [MPa]

A 65–85 [450–585]

B 70–90 [485–620]

C 75–95 [515–655]

1.3 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements; however, current practice normally limits the maximum thickness of plates furnished under this specification as follows:

Grade Maximum Thickness, in. [mm]

A 6 [150]

B 6 [150]

C 4 [100]

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.
|Alloy steel plate--specifications; Molybdenum alloys--specifications; Pressure vessel steel plate--specifications||TRUE/A204|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A204A204M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Molybdenum|A204||
This specification covers molybdenum alloy steel plates, intended particularly for welded boilers and other pressure vessels. Plates under this specification are available in three grades having different strength levels: Grade A; Grade B; and Grade C. The steel shall be killed. The steel shall conform to the chemical requirements specified. Tension tests on plates shall conform to the requirements specified.
|A204|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Molybdenum|10.1520/A0204_A0204M-03R07 56549|Active|A209/A209M|2007-09-01|03(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon-Molybdenum Alloy-Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers several grades of minimum-wall-thickness, seamless, carbon-molybdenum alloy-steel, boiler and superheater tubes.
1.2 This specification covers tubes 1/2 to 5 in. [12.7 to 127 mm] inclusive, in outside diameter and 0.035 to 0.500 in. [0.9 to 12.7 mm], inclusive, in minimum wall thickness.
1.3 An optional supplementary requirement is provided and, when desired, shall be so stated in the order.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|boiler tubes; carbon-molybdenum; seamless steel tube; steel tube; superheater tubes; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A209|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A209A209M|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon-Molybdenum Alloy-Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes|A209||
This specification covers seamless carbon-molybdenum alloy-steel boiler and superheater tubes. As a steel making practice, the steel material shall be killed. The required chemical composition for steel is given. The mechanical property requirements include tensile requirements and hardness requirements. Different test procedure shall be performed on the material presented, one tension test shall be made on a specimen for lots of not more than 50 tubes, one flattening test shall be made on specimens from each end of one finished tube, one flaring test shall be made on specimens from each end of one finished tube, and Brinell or Rockwell hardness tests shall be made from two tubes from each lot.
|A209|Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon-Molybdenum Alloy-Steel Boiler...|10.1520/A0209_A0209M-03R07 58417|Active|A210/A210M|2007-11-01|02(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Medium-Carbon Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers minimum-wall-thickness, seamless medium-carbon steel, boiler tubes and boiler flues, including safe ends (see Note 1), arch and stay tubes, and superheater tubes.
Note 1—This type is not suitable for safe ending by forge welding.

1.2 The tubing sizes and thicknesses usually furnished to this specification are ½ in. to 5 in. [12.7 to 127 mm] in outside diameter and 0.035 to 0.500 in. [0.9 to 12.7 mm], inclusive, in minimum wall thickness. Tubing having other dimensions may be furnished, provided such tubes comply with all other requirements of this specification.

1.3 Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than ¹/₈ in. [3.2 mm] in inside diameter or 0.015 in. [0.4 mm] in thickness.

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the “M” designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|boiler tubes; carbon; seamless steel tube; steel tube; superheater tubes; Boiler/superheater tubes--specifications; Carbon steel tube--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel tube; Seamless steel tube--specifications; Superheater tubes--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A210|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A210A210M|Standard Specification for Seamless Medium-Carbon Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes|A210||
This specification covers seamless medium-carbon steel boiler and superheater tubes. The specification also covers minimum-wall-thickness, tubing sizes, boiler flues including safe ends, arch and stay tubes. The specification provides tensile and hardness properties but only applicable to certain size limitations. Material manufacturing shall be killed. Tubes shall be made by seamless process, marked as either hot-finished or cold-finished. Surface condition shall be specifically stated in the order. Chemical composition shall conform to the requirements. Elemental composition other than listed here shall not be permitted. Tension test, flattening test, flaring test, hardness test, hydrostatic or nondestructive electric test shall be made on specimens. Superheater tubes shall be formed without defects and shall withstand expansion, beading, forging, welding, and bending.
|A210|Standard Specification for Seamless Medium-Carbon Steel Boiler and...|10.1520/A0210_A0210M-02R07 68176|Active|A213/A213M|2009-04-01|09a|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic and Austenitic Alloy-Steel Boiler, Superheater, and Heat-Exchanger Tubes|13|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This specification covers seamless ferritic and austenitic steel boiler, superheater, and heat-exchanger tubes, designated Grades T5, TP304, etc. These steels are listed in Tables 1 and 2.

1.2 Grades containing the letter, H, in their designation, have requirements different from those of similar grades not containing the letter, H. These different requirements provide higher creep-rupture strength than normally achievable in similar grades without these different requirements.

1.3 The tubing sizes and thicknesses usually furnished to this specification are ¹/₈ in. [3.2 mm] in inside diameter to 5 in. [127 mm] in outside diameter and 0.015 to 0.500 in. [0.4 to 12.7 mm], inclusive, in minimum wall thickness or, if specified in the order, average wall thickness. Tubing having other diameters may be furnished, provided such tubes comply with all other requirements of this specification.

1.4 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the “M” designation of this specification is specified in the order.|alloy steel tubes; austenitic stainless steel; boiler tubes; ferritic stainless steel; heat exchanger tubes; high-temperature applications; seamless steel tubes; steel tubes; superheater tubes; temperature service applications-high; Alloy steel tube--specifications; Austenitic stainless steel tube--specifications; Boiler/superheater tubes--specifications; Condenser and heat exchanger systems--steel; Feedwater heater tubes--specifications; Ferritic steel tube--specifications; Seamless steel tube--specifications; Superheater tubes--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A213|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N,B,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A213A213M|Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic and Austenitic Alloy-Steel Boiler, Superheater, and Heat-Exchanger Tubes|A213||
This specification covers seamless ferritic and austenitic steel boiler, superheater, and heat-exchanger tubes. Grades containing the letter H in their designation have requirements different from those of similar grades not containing the letter H. These different requirements provide higher creep-rupture strength than normally achievable in similar grades without these different requirements. The tubes shall be made by the seamless process and shall be either hot finished or cold finished, as specified. Grade TP347HFG shall be cold finished. Heat treatment shall be done separately and in addition to heating for hot forming. The ferritic alloy and ferritic stainless steels shall be reheated. On the other hand, austenitic stainless steel tubes shall be furnished in the heat-treated condition. Alternatively, immediately after hot forming, while the temperature of the tubes is not less than the minimum solution temperature, tubes may be individually quenched in water or rapidly cooled by other means. Tension test, hardness test, flattening test, and flaring test shall be done to each tube. Also, each tube shall be subjected to the nondestructive electric test or hydrostatic test.
|A213|Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic and Austenitic Alloy-Steel...|10.1520/A0213_A0213M-09A 43363|Active|A214/A214M|2005-10-01|96(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Tubes|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers minimum-wall-thickness, electric-resistance-welded, carbon steel tubes to be used for heat exchangers, condensers, and similar heat-transfer apparatus.

1.2 The tubing sizes usually furnished to this specification are to 3 in. [76.2 mm] in outside diameter, inclusive. Tubing having other dimensions may be furnished, provided such tubes comply with all other requirements of this specification.

1.3 Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than 1/8 in. [3.2 mm] in inside diameter or 0.015 in. [0.4 mm] in thickness.

1.4 The purchaser shall specify in the order the outside diameter and minimum wall thickness. The inside diameter shall not be specified.

1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A214|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A214A214M|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel Heat-Exchanger and Condenser Tubes|A214||
This specification covers minimum-wall-thickness carbon steel tubes proposed for use in heat exchangers, condensers, and similar heat-transfer apparatus. The materials under this specification shall be in accordance with other ASTM document enlisted herein unless otherwise provided. The tubes shall be manufactured by electric-resistance welding and shall undergo heat treatment. Mechanical testing of the specimens shall include a flattening test, flange test and a reverse flattening test. The specimens shall also be subjected to Brinell or Rockwell hardness test and hydrostatic or nondestructive electric test.
|A214|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Carbon Steel...|10.1520/A0214_A0214M-96R05 65361|Active|A216/A216M|2008-11-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding, for High-Temperature Service|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers carbon steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, or other pressure-containing parts for high-temperature service and of quality suitable for assembly with other castings or wrought-steel parts by fusion welding.

1.2 Three grades, WCA, WCB, and WCC, are covered in this specification. Selection will depend upon design and service conditions, mechanical properties, and the high temperature characteristics.

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|carbon steel; high temperature; pressure-containing parts; steel castings; Carbon steel castings--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel castings; Steel castings--specifications; Welded steel castings--specifications ; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A216|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A216A216M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion Welding, for High-Temperature Service|A216||
This specification covers carbon steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, or other pressure-containing parts for high-temperature service and of quality suitable for assembly with other castings or wrought-steel parts by fusion welding. Covered here are three grades of carbon steel (Grades WCA, WCB, and WCC), the selection of which shall depend on the design and service conditions, mechanical properties, and the high temperature characteristics. Castings shall be heat treated and furnished, as appropriate to their design and chemical composition, in the annealed, or normalized, or normalized and tempered conditions after they have been allowed to cool below the transformation range. Furnace temperatures for heat treating shall be effectively controlled by pyrometer. Steel castings shall adhere to chemical composition and tensile property requirements, which include tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and reduction of area. The surface of castings shall be free of adhering elements such as sand, cracks, hot tears, and other discontinuities, and as such be repair welded when judged appropriate.
|A216|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for Fusion...|10.1520/A0216_A0216M-08 65504|Active|A217/A217M|2008-11-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Martensitic Stainless and Alloy, for Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for High-Temperature Service|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers martensitic stainless steel and alloy steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts (Note 1) intended primarily for high-temperature and corrosive service (Note 2).

1.2 One grade of martensitic stainless steel and nine grades of ferritic alloy steel are covered. Selection will depend on design and service conditions, mechanical properties, and the high-temperature and corrosion-resistant characteristics (Note 3).
Note 1—Carbon steel castings for pressure-containing parts are covered by Specification A 216/A 216M. Low alloy quench-and-tempered grades equivalent to Specification A 217/A 217M grades may be found in both Specifications A 352/A 352M and A 487/A 487M.
Note 2—The grades covered by this specification represent materials that are generally suitable for assembly with other castings or wrought steel parts by fusion welding. It is not intended to imply that these grades possess equal degrees of weldability; therefore, it is the responsibility of the purchaser to establish for himself a suitable welding technique. Since these grades possess varying degrees of suitability for high-temperature and corrosion-resistant service, it is also the responsibility of the purchaser to determine which grade shall be furnished, due consideration being given to the requirements of the applicable construction codes.
Note 3—The committee formulating this specification has included nine grades of materials that are considered to represent basic types of ferritic alloy steels suitable for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts. Additional alloy steels that may better fulfill certain types of service will be considered for inclusion in this specification by the committee as the need becomes apparent.

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|alloy steel; high temperature; martensitic stainless steel; pressure containing; steel castings; Alloy steel castings--specifications; Ferritic steel castings--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel castings; Martensitic stainless steel castings--specifications; Stainless steel castings--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A217|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A217A217M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Martensitic Stainless and Alloy, for Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for High-Temperature Service|A217||
This specification covers steel castings, martensitic stainless steel and alloys steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts intended primarily for high-temperature and corrosive service. The grades of steels covered here are: Grade WC1, Grade WC4, Grade WC5, Grade WC6, Grade WC9, Grade WC11, Grade C5, Grade C12, Grade C12A, and Grade CA15. Heat treatment shall consist of normalizing and tempering for Grade C12A and tempering for all other grades. Heat treatments shall be performed after castings have been allowed to cool. Heat and product analyses shall be performed wherein specimens shall conform to required chemical composition of carbon, molybdenum, chromium, nickel, vanadium, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, columbium, nitrogen, aluminum, copper, titanium, tungsten, and zirconium. The surface of the casting shall be examined visually and shall be free of adhering sand, scale, cracks and hot tears. Steels shall undergo tension test, and shall conform to the following mechanical requirements: tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and reduction of area.
|A217|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Martensitic Stainless and...|10.1520/A0217_A0217M-08 70857|Active|A220/A220M|2009-05-01|99(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Pearlitic Malleable Iron|5|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers pearlitic malleable iron castings for general engineering usage at temperatures from normal ambient to approximately 750°F [400°C].

1.1.1 For continuous service at temperatures up to 1200°F [650°C] design factors should be incorporated to compensate for possible property changes, as demonstrated by Marshall and Sommer and by Pearson.

1.2 Without knowledge of casting geometry and process details, no quantitative relationship can be stated between the properties of the iron in the various locations of a casting and those of a test bar cast from the same iron.

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|casting; malleable iron; mechanical properties; pearlitic; tensile strength; tension test; yield strength; Malleable iron castings--specifications; Mechanical properties; Pearlitic malleable iron castings; Tensile properties/testing--metallic materials; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A220|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A04.02|01.02|||MP4|||||A220A220M|Standard Specification for Pearlitic Malleable Iron|A220||
This specification covers pearlitic malleable iron castings for general. The chemical composition of the iron shall be such as to produce the mechanical properties required by this specification. Hardness test and tensile test shall be made to conform to the requirements specified. The microstructure of the pearlitic malleable iron shall consist of temper carbon nodules uniformly distributed in a matrix of ferrite, pearlite, and tempered transformation products of austenite. All castings on visual examination, shall be sound and free from obvious shrinkage and porosity.
|A220|Standard Specification for Pearlitic Malleable Iron|10.1520/A0220_A0220M-99R09 60016|Active|A225/A225M|2007-11-01|03(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Manganese-Vanadium-Nickel|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers manganese-vanadium-nickel alloy steel plates intended primarily for welded layered pressure vessels.

1.2 Plates under this specification are available in two grades having different strength levels as follows:

Grade Tensile Strength, ksi [MPa]

C 105–135 [725–930]

D

3 in. [75 mm] and under 80–105 [550–725]

Over 3 in. [75 mm] 75–100 [515–690]

1.3 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the chemical composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements; however, current mill practice normally limits Grade C to 0.58 in. [15 mm] maximum and Grade D to 6 in. [150 mm] maximum.

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|Alloy steel plate--specifications; Manganese alloys--specifications; Manganese alloy steel plate--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A225|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A225A225M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Manganese-Vanadium-Nickel|A225||
This specification covers manganese-vanadium-nickel alloy steel plates intended primarily for welded layered pressure vessels. Plates that shall be used are of Grades C and D and their maximum thickness is limited only by the capacity of the chemical composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements. The steel shall be killed and shall conform to fine austenitic grain size requirements. The plates shall undergo heat treatment. The mechanical properties such as tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation shall be determined by subjecting the plates to a tension test.
|A225|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel,...|10.1520/A0225_A0225M-03R07 45769|Active|A227/A227M|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Cold-Drawn for Mechanical Springs|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers two classes of round cold-drawn steel spring wire having properties and quality for the manufacture of mechanical springs that are not subject to high stress or requiring high fatigue properties and wire forms.
1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|cold-drawn; springs; wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.25 (Spring steels)||TRUE/A227|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.03|01.03|||MP7|||||A227A227M|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Cold-Drawn for Mechanical Springs|A227||
This specification covers two classes of round cold-drawn steel spring wire having properties and quality for the manufacture of mechanical springs that are not subject to high stress or requiring high fatigue properties and wire forms. The steel specimens shall either be ingot cast or strand cast. Cast or heat and product analysis shall be performed wherein steel materials shall conform to the required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, and silicon. Specimens shall also undergo tension and wrap tests and shall conform to the requirements of tensile properties.
|A227|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Cold-Drawn for Mechanical Springs|10.1520/A0227_A0227M-06 58070|Active|A228/A228M|2007-12-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Music Spring Quality|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers a high quality, round, cold-drawn steel music spring quality wire, uniform in mechanical properties, intended especially for the manufacture of springs subject to high stresses or requiring good fatigue properties.

1.2 The values stated in either SI (metric) units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other.
|music spring; wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.25 (Spring steels)||TRUE/A228|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A01.03|01.03|||MP7|||||A228A228M|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Music Spring Quality|A228||
This specification covers high quality, round, cold-drawn steel music spring quality wire for the manufacture of springs subject to high stresses or requiring good fatigue properties. The steel shall either be ingot cast or strand cast. Heat and product analysis shall be performed wherein steel materials shall conform to required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, and silicon. Steel specimens shall also undergo tension test, wrap test, and torsion tests. Final products shall be marked by a tag.
|A228|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Music Spring Quality|10.1520/A0228_A0228M-07 40739|Active|A229/A229M|2005-05-01|99(2005)|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Oil-Tempered for Mechanical Springs|4|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers two classes of oil-tempered steel spring wire intended especially for the manufacture of mechanical springs and wire forms.
1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|oil-tempered; springs; wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.25 (Spring steels)||TRUE/A229|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.03|01.03|||MP7|||||A229A229M|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Oil-Tempered for Mechanical Springs|A229||
This specification covers two classes of oil-tempered steel spring wire intended especially for the manufacture of mechanical springs and wire forms. The steel may be made by any commercially accepted steel-making process and shall either be ingot cast or strand cast. The finished wire shall be free of detrimental pipe and undue segregation. The wire shall be oil quenched and tempered to produce the desired mechanical properties such as tensile strength. Cast, heat, and product analysis shall conform to the chemical composition requirements prescribed for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, and silicon. Tension, wrap, and surface tests shall be performed. The surface of the wire as-received shall be free of rust, excessive scale die marks, pits, and scratches detrimental to the end application. Other metallurgical requirements such as microstructure and decarburization are detailed.
|A229|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Oil-Tempered for Mechanical Springs|10.1520/A0229_A0229M-99R05 39659|Active|A230/A230M|2005-03-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Oil-Tempered Carbon Valve Spring Quality|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers the highest quality of round carbon steel spring wire, uniform in quality and temper, intended especially for the manufacture of valve springs and other springs requiring high-fatigue properties.

1.2 The values stated in either SI (metric) units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independent of the other.
|carbon; oil-tempered; valve spring; wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.25 (Spring steels)||TRUE/A230|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.03|01.03|||MP7|||||A230A230M|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Oil-Tempered Carbon Valve Spring Quality|A230||
This specification deals with the highest quality of round carbon steel spring wire, uniform in quality and temper, intended especially for the manufacture of valve springs and other springs requiring high-fatigue properties. The steel wire shall be subjected to continuous casting, hardening, and tempering to produce the desired mechanical properties. The steel shall conform to the chemical requirements for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, and silicon. Mechanical properties shall be determined by the tension test, wrap test, twist test, and special surface inspection. The material as represented by tension test specimens shall conform to the tensile requirements for tensile strength and reduction of area. Metallurgical characterization of steel shall include decarburization, surface condition, and microstructure.
|A230|Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Oil-Tempered Carbon Valve Spring...|10.1520/A0230_A0230M-05 36242|Active|A231/A231M|2004-09-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Chromium-Vanadium Alloy Steel Spring Wire|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers round chromium-vanadium alloy steel spring wire having properties and quality intended for the manufacture of springs used at moderately elevated temperatures. This wire shall be either in the annealed and cold-drawn or oil-tempered condition as specified by the purchaser.
1.2 The values stated in either SI (metric) units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independent of the other.
|alloy; chromium-vanadium; spring; wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.25 (Spring steels)||TRUE/A231|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.03|01.03|||MP7|||||A231A231M|Standard Specification for Chromium-Vanadium Alloy Steel Spring Wire|A231||
This specification covers round chromium-vanadium alloy steel spring wires having properties and quality intended for the manufacture of springs used at moderately elevated temperatures. Wires shall either be in the annealed and cold-drawn or oil-tempered condition as specified by the purchaser. The steel may either be ingot cast or strand cast, and the finished wire shall be free from detrimental pipe and undue segregation. Specimens shall undergo cast or heat analysis, and shall conform to required chemical compositions for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, and vanadium. Wrap tests shall also be performed wherein mechanical properties shall be assessed for tensile strength requirements. Metallurgical properties, such as the surface condition and decarburization, shall be inspected as well. For all test procedures, one specimen shall be taken for each ten coils, or fraction thereof, in a lot. Each cast or heat in a given lot shall be tested.
|A231|Standard Specification for Chromium-Vanadium Alloy Steel Spring Wire|10.1520/A0231_A0231M-04 39660|Active|A232/A232M|2005-03-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Chromium-Vanadium Alloy Steel Valve Spring Quality Wire|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers the highest quality of round chromium-vanadium alloy steel valve spring wire, uniform in quality and temper, intended for the manufacture of valve springs and other springs requiring high-fatigue properties when used at moderately elevated temperatures. This wire shall be either in the annealed and cold-drawn or oil-tempered condition as specified by the purchaser.
1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the inch-pound units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independent of the other.
|alloy; chromium-vanadium; valve spring; wire; ICS Number Code 77.140.25 (Spring steels)||TRUE/A232|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.03|01.03|||MP7|||||A232A232M|Standard Specification for Chromium-Vanadium Alloy Steel Valve Spring Quality Wire|A232||
This specification covers the highest quality of round chromium-vanadium alloy steel wires for manufacture of valve springs and other springs with high-fatigue properties under moderately elevated temperatures. The wires shall be annealed, cold-drawn, or oil-tempered. The material shall conform to specified carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, and vanadium contents. Guidelines for mechanical testing are given. Values for tensile requirements are provided. Material decarburization shall be examined. Attention is also given to workmanship, finish, and appearance of the product, and as well as its inspection, rejection, rehearing, and certification. Packaging, marking, and loading for shipment is also described.
|A232|Standard Specification for Chromium-Vanadium Alloy Steel Valve Spring...|10.1520/A0232_A0232M-05 53167|Active|A234/A234M|2007-03-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers wrought carbon steel and alloy steel fittings of seamless and welded construction covered by the latest revision of ASME B16.9, B16.11, MSS-SP-79, MSS-SP-83, and MSS-SP-95. These fittings are for use in pressure piping and in pressure vessel fabrication for service at moderate and elevated temperatures. Fittings differing from these ASME and MSS standards shall be furnished in accordance with Supplementary Requirement S58 of Specification A 960/A 960M.
1.2 Optional supplementary requirements are provided for fittings where a greater degree of examination is desired. When desired, one or more of these supplementary requirements may be specified in the order.
1.3 This specification does not cover cast welding fittings or fittings machined from castings. Cast steel welding fittings are governed by Specifications A 216/A 216M and A 217/A 217M.
1.4 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and in SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable "M" specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|pipe fittings—steel; piping applications; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel service; temperature service applications—elevated; ICS Number Code 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A234|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A234A234M|Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service|A234||
This specification covers wrought carbon steel and alloy steel fittings of seamless and welded construction. These fittings are for use in pressure piping and in pressure vessel fabrication for service at moderate and elevated temperatures. The material for fittings shall consist of killed steel, forgings, bars, plates, seamless or fusion-welded tubular products with filler metal added. Forging or shaping operations may be performed by hammering, pressing, piercing, extruding, upsetting, rolling, bending, fusion welding, machining, or by a combination of two or more of these operations. The forming procedure shall be so applied that it will not produce injurious imperfections in the fittings. Fittings, after forming at an elevated temperature, shall be cooled to a temperature below the critical range under suitable conditions to prevent injurious defects caused by too rapid cooling, but in no case more rapidly than the cooling rate in still air. The fittings shall be subjected to tension test, hardness test, and hydrostatic test.
|A234|Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and...|10.1520/A0234_A0234M-07 70910|Active|A239|2009-05-01|95(2009)e1|Practice|Standard Practice for Locating the Thinnest Spot in a Zinc (Galvanized) Coating on Iron or Steel Articles|4|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This practice covers the procedure for locating, by the use of a solution of copper sulfate, the thinnest spot in a zinc coating (hot dipped, electroplated, or sprayed) on iron or steel articles that are coated after the shape is produced by casting, drawing, pressing, or other forming methods. Examples are: electrical metallic tubing and rigid conduit pipe, castings and forgings, and structural steel; on special hardware, such as poleline, builder's, and farm implement hardware; bolts, nuts, screws, and other miscellaneous general hardware.

1.2 The use of this practice with zinc coating deposited through different processes (such as hot dipped, electroplated, or sprayed) requires caution in interpretation since the end point may vary considerably between different zinc-coating systems.

1.3 Excluded from this practice is sheet steel from hot-dip or electrocoating lines as the sheet products are normally subject to additional forming after the coating process. Also excluded from this practice are all zinc-coated wire and wire products either continuously or batch coated before or after forming. Warning—Past research (dating from around 1963) has indicated that this practice can be influenced by operator technique. Variations can be due to the difference in hand pressure used to wipe the sample or the inability of the operator to recognize the end point.

1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.

1.5 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|bolts; electroplated; hardware; hot dipped; nuts; screws; thinnest spot; zinc coating thickness; Cast iron (testing); Copper sulfate dip; Forgings (zinc-coated (galvanized)); Hot-dip (galvanized) coatings; Iron sheets--zinc-coated (galvanized); Preece test; Thinnest spot test; Zinc-coated steel castings; Zinc-coated steel sheet; ICS Number Code 25.220.40 (Metallic coatings)||TRUE/A239|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A05.07|01.06|||MP7|||||A239|Standard Practice for Locating the Thinnest Spot in a Zinc (Galvanized) Coating on Iron or Steel Articles|A239|
This practice is designed to locate the thinnest portions of the zinc coating on newly coated items (see Appendix X1). Variations in coating thickness can be due to the process by which the zinc is applied (hot dipped, electroplated, or sprayed) or by the geometry of the part that is coated. During hot-dip galvanizing, the coating thickness is affected by the drainage pattern of the molten zinc, while during zinc spraying (metallizing), coating thickness can be dependent on the operator's manipulation of the spray nozzle. The geometry of the part can also influence coating thickness especially during hot-dip galvanizing, where peaks and valleys on the part can cause molten zinc to build up or thin out. This practice is designed to identify those areas of the part where the coating is thin.
||A239|Standard Practice for Locating the Thinnest Spot in a Zinc (Galvanized)...|10.1520/A0239-95R09E01 71796|Active|A240/A240M|2009-10-01|09b|Specification|Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications|13|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This specification covers chromium, chromium-nickel, and chromium-manganese-nickel stainless steel plate, sheet, and strip for pressure vessels and for general applications.

1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.3 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound and SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished in inch-pound units.

1.4 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|chromium; chromium-nickel stainless steel; chromium-manganese-nickel stainless steel; pressure vessels; Chromium alloy steel--specifications; Pressure vessel steel plate--specifications; Pressure vessel steel sheet--specifications; Stainless steel plate/sheet/strip--specifications; Steel plate--specifications; Steel sheet--specifications; Steel sheet/strip/plate--specifications; UNS N08367 (Cr-Ni-Mo-N alloy, AL 6XN); UNS N08800 (Fe-Ni-Cr alloy, Incoloy 800); UNS N08810 (Fe-Ni-Cr alloy, Incoloy 800H); UNS N08904 (Ni-Cr-Mo alloy); UNS N08926 (Ni-Fe-Cr-Mo-Cu-N alloy, low C, N modified); ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A240|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,N,CH|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A240A240M|Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications|A240||
This specification covers chromium, chromium-nickel, and chromium-manganese-nickel stainless steel plate, sheet, and strip for pressure vessels and for general applications. The steel shall conform to the requirements as to chemical composition specified. The material shall conform to the mechanical properties specified.
|A240|Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel...|10.1520/A0240_A0240M-09B 69010|Active|A242/A242M|2009-04-01|04(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers high-strength low-alloy structural steel shapes, plates, and bars for welded, riveted, or bolted construction intended primarily for use as structural members where savings in weight [mass] or added durability are important. The atmospheric corrosion resistance of the steel in most environments is substantially better than that of carbon structural steels with or without copper addition. When properly exposed to the atmosphere, this steel can be used bare (unpainted) for many applications (see Note 1). This specification is limited to material up to 4 in. [100 mm], inclusive, in thickness.
Note 1—For methods of estimating the atmospheric corrosion resistance of low-alloy steels, see Guide G 101.

1.2 When the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed that a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service will be utilized. See Appendix X3 of Specification A 6/A 6M for information on weldability.

1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.

1.4 For structural products produced from coil and furnished without heat treatment or with stress relieving only, the additional requirements, including additional testing requirements and the reporting of additional test results, of Specification A 6/A 6M apply.
^REFERENCE:
ASTM Standards:
A 6/A 6M Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Structural Steel Bars, Plates, Shapes, and Sheet Piling

G 101 Guide for Estimating the Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance of Low-Alloy Steels
^KEYWORDS: atmospheric corrosion resistance; bars; bolted construction; durability; high-strength; low-alloy; plates; riveted construction; shapes; steel; structural steel; weight; welded construction ^DOI: 10.1520/A0242_A0242M-04R09 ^INDEX TERMS: Basic-oxygen steel; Corrosion-resistant steel--specifications; Corrosive service applications--bars/rods/shapes; Durability; HSLA (high-strength low-alloy) steel--specifications; Riveted construction--specifications; Steel bars--specifications; Structural steel (SS) bars--specifications; Structural steel (SS) plate--specifications; Structural steel (SS) shapes--specifications; Weight saving steel; Welded steel bars/shapes--specifications; Welded steel plate/sheet/strip--specifications ^STATUS: Dn Cn Sn Nn Mn ^APPROVAL: 20090401 ^PAGES: 3 ^COMMITTEE: A01 ^SUBCOMMITTEE: 0200 ^BOS: 01.04 ^ORGINFO: DOD ^ACTION: REAPPROVESTD ^MISCPUB: 40.98 ^PDESIG: A0242 ^PYEAR: 2004R2009 ^CLASS: Specification|atmospheric corrosion resistance; bars; bolted construction; durability; high-strength; low-alloy; plates; riveted construction; shapes; steel; structural steel; weight; welded construction, Basic-oxygen steel; Corrosion-resistant steel--specifications; Corrosive service applications--bars/rods/shapes; Durability; HSLA (high-strength low-alloy) steel--specifications; Riveted construction--specifications; Steel bars--specifications; Structural steel (SS) bars--specifications; Structural steel (SS) plate--specifications; Structural steel (SS) shapes--specifications; Weight saving steel; Welded steel bars/shapes--specifications; Welded steel plate/sheet/strip--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.10 (Heat-treatable steels)||TRUE/A242|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.02|01.04|||MP7|||||A242A242M|Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel|A242||
This specification covers high-strength low-alloy structural steel shapes, plates, and bars for welded, riveted, or bolted construction intended primarily for use as structural members where savings in weight (mass) or added durability are important. Steel specimens shall be semi-killed or killed. Heat analysis shall be performed wherein steel specimens shall conform to required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, and copper. Atmospheric corrosion resistance shall be estimated for steel specimens. Specimens shall also undergo tension tests and shall conform to specified values of tensile strength, yield point, and elongation.
|A242|Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel|10.1520/A0242_A0242M-04R09 70666|Active|A247|2006-11-15|06e1|Test Method|Standard Test Method for Evaluating the Microstructure of Graphite in Iron Castings|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This test method covers the classification of graphite in cast irons in terms of type, distribution, and size. This test method is intended to be applicable for all iron-carbon alloys containing graphite particles, and may be applied to gray irons, malleable irons, and the ductile (nodular) irons.

1.2 The reference standards included in this test method are in no way to be construed as specifications. In an appropriate specification for a specific material where graphite microstructure is an important consideration this test method may be used as a reference to define concisely the graphite microstructure required.

1.3 These standards are offered primarily to permit accurate reporting of microstructures of cast irons and to facilitate the comparison of reports by different laboratories or investigators.

1.4 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety problems associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to consult and establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. |Cast iron; Cast iron (testing); Classification; Classification (standards); Classification (standards)--metals/alloys; Graphite; Iron; Metallographic analysis/inspection; Microstructures; Structural analysis/applications--steel; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A247|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A04.21|01.02|||MP4|||||A247|Standard Test Method for Evaluating the Microstructure of Graphite in Iron Castings|A247|
The comparison of observed graphite particles with the structures shown in the charts give only purely descriptive information on the type, distribution, and size of the graphite in the sample being evaluated. It does not indicate except in a very broad way the origin of the graphite, or the suitability of the iron-carbon alloy for a particular service.
||A247|Standard Test Method for Evaluating the Microstructure of Graphite in Iron...|10.1520/A0247-06E01 60450|Active|A249/A249M|2008-03-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Welded Austenitic Steel Boiler, Superheater, Heat-Exchanger, and Condenser Tubes|10|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers nominal-wall-thickness welded tubes and heavily cold worked welded tubes made from the austenitic steels listed in Table 1, with various grades intended for such use as boiler, superheater, heat exchanger, or condenser tubes.

1.2 Grades TP304H, TP309H, TP309HCb, TP310H, TP310HCb, TP316H, TP321H, TP347H, and TP348H are modifications of Grades TP304, TP309S, TP309Cb, TP310S, TP310Cb, TP316, TP321, TP347, and TP348, and are intended for high-temperature service such as for superheaters and reheaters.

1.3 The tubing sizes and thicknesses usually furnished to this specification are ¹/₈ in. [3.2 mm] in inside diameter to 12 in. [304.8 mm] in outside diameter and 0.015 to 0.320 in. [0.4 to 8.1 mm], inclusive, in wall thickness. Tubing having other dimensions may be furnished, provided such tubes comply with all other requirements of this specification.

1.4 Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than ¹/₈ in. [3.2 mm] in inside diameter or 0.015 in. [0.4 mm] in thickness.

1.5 Optional supplementary requirements are provided and, when one or more of these are desired, each shall be so stated in the order.

1.6 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the “M” designation of this specification is specified in the order.

1.7 The following safety hazards caveat pertains only to the test method described in the Supplementary Requirements of this specification. This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. A specific warning statement is given in Supplementary Requirement S7, Note S7.1. |austenitic stainless steel; boiler tubes; condenser tube; heat exchanger tube; high temperature applications; steel tube; superheater tubes; temperature service applications, high; welded steel tube and heavily cold worked (HCW) tubes; Austenitic stainless steel tube--specifications; Boiler/superheater tubes--specifications; Condenser and heat exchanger systems--steel; High-temperature service applications--steel tube; Superheater tubes--specifications; Welded steel tube--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A249|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A249A249M|Standard Specification for Welded Austenitic Steel Boiler, Superheater, Heat-Exchanger, and Condenser Tubes|A249||
This guide specifies standard specification for nominal-wall-thickness welded tubes and heavily cold worked welded tubes made from the austenitic steels with various grades intended for such use as a boiler, superheater, heat exchanger, or condenser tubes. Heat and product analysis shall conform to the requirements as to chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorous, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, nitrogen, copper, and others. All materials shall be furnished in the heat-treated condition in accordance with the required solution temperature and quenching method. When the final heat treatment is in a continuous furnace, the number of tubes of the same size and from the same heat in a lot shall be determined from the prescribed size of the tubes. The material shall conform to the prescribed tensile and hardness properties such as tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and Rockwell hardness number. The steel shall undergo mechanical tests such as tension test, flattening test, flange test, reverse-bend test, hardness test, and hydrostatic or nondestructive electric test. The grain size of different grades of steel shall be determined in accordance with the test methods.
|A249|Standard Specification for Welded Austenitic Steel Boiler, Superheater,...|10.1520/A0249_A0249M-08 39626|Active|A250/A250M|2005-03-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Ferritic Alloy-Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers several grades, designated T1, T1a, T1b, T2, T11, T12 and T22, of minimum-wall-thickness, electric-resistance-welded, carbon-molybdenum and chromium-molybdenum alloy-steel, boiler and superheater tubes.
1.2 The tubing sizes and thicknesses usually furnished to this specification are 1/2 to 5 in. [12.7 to 127 mm] in outside diameter and 0.035 to 0.320 in. [0.9 to 8.1 mm], inclusive, in minimum wall thickness. Tubing having other dimensions may be furnished, provided such tubes comply with all other requirements of this specification.
1.3 Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than 1/8 in. [3.2 mm] in inside diameter or 0.015 in. [0.4 mm] in thickness.
1.4 An optional supplementary requirement is provided for non-destructive examination for certain ASME applications.
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as the standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|boiler tube; resistance welded steel tube; steel tube, alloy; superheater tube; welded steel tube; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A250|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A250A250M|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Ferritic Alloy-Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes|A250||
This guide covers standard specification for several grades, designated T1, T1a, T1b, T2, T11, T12, and T22, of minimum-wall-thickness, electric-resistance-welded, carbon-molybdenum and chromium-molybdenum alloy-steel, boiler and superheater tubes. Product analysis shall be done wherein the material shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, molybdenum, and chromium. The material shall conform to the required tensile properties, namely: tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. The computed minimum elongation values for steel with decreasing wall thickness shall be given. The tubes shall have a hardness not exceeding the specified values for Brinell hardness and Rockwell hardness numbers. When the final heat treatment is in a continuous furnace, the number of tubes of the same size and from the same heat in a lot shall be determined from the given size of the tubes. Required mechanical tests such as tensile test, flattening test, flange test, reverse flattening test, hardness test, and hydrostatic or nondestructive electric tests, shall be performed on the steel specimen.
|A250|Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Ferritic Alloy-Steel...|10.1520/A0250_A0250M-05 58403|Active|A252|2007-11-01|98(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles|7|37.00|37.00|||
1.1 This specification covers nominal (average) wall steel pipe piles of cylindrical shape and applies to pipe piles in which the steel cylinder acts as a permanent load-carrying member, or as a shell to form cast-in-place concrete piles.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions of the values in inch-pound units to values in SI units.

1.3 The text of this specification contains notes and footnotes that provide explanatory material. Such notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and figures, do not contain any mandatory requirements.

1.4 The following precautionary caveat pertains only to the test method portion, Section 16 of this specification. This standard does not purport to address all of the safety problems, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|seamless steel pipe; steel piles; steel pipe; welded steel pipe; Cast-in-place concrete piles; Concrete reinforcement--specifications; Electric-fusion-welded steel pipe; Electric-resistance-welded (ERW) steel pipe--specifications; Load-carrying piles; Piles; Pipe piles; Steel pipe--specifications; Structural steel (SS) piles--specifications; Welded steel pipe--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A252|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B, D|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A252|Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles|A252||
This specification covers nominal wall cylindrical steel pipe piles in which the steel cylinder acts as a permanent load-carrying member or as a shell to form cast-in-place concrete piles. Each welded pile shall be made by seamless, electric resistance welding, flash welding or fusion welding with longitudinal, helical-butt, or helical-lap seams. This specification also deals with material tensile requirements, minimum elongation values and common size and weights per unit length values.
|A252|Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles|10.1520/A0252-98R07 58404|Active|A254|2007-11-01|97(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Copper-Brazed Steel Tubing|4|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers double-wall, copper-brazed steel tubing suitable for general engineering uses, particularly in the automotive, refrigeration, and stove industries for fuel lines, brake lines, oil lines, heating and cooling units, and the like.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|steel tube; Automotive steel materials; Copper-brazed steel tubing; Engineering applications--specifications; Refrigeration systems--specifications; Steel tube--specifications; Stoves; ICS Number Code 23.040.15 (Non-ferrous metal pipes)||TRUE/A254|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,I|||||A01.09|01.01|||MP7|||||A254|Standard Specification for Copper-Brazed Steel Tubing|A254||
This specification covers double-wall, copper brazed steel tubing suitable for general engineering uses, particularly in the automotive, refrigeration, and stove industries for fuel lines, brake lines, oil lines, heating and cooling units, and the like. The tubing shall be made by rolling steel strip into the form of tubing and subsequently copper brazing in a reducing atmosphere. The steel shall conform to the prescribed chemical composition and shall be subjected to heat analysis and product analysis. Tension, flattening, expansion, bending, and pressure proof tests shall be made in accordance with the specification.
|A254|Standard Specification for Copper-Brazed Steel Tubing|10.1520/A0254-97R07 67509|Active|A255|2007-09-01|07e1|Test Method|Standard Test Methods for Determining Hardenability of Steel|26|51.00|51.00|61.20||
1.1 These test methods cover the identification and description of test methods for determining the hardenability of steels. The two test methods include the quantitative end-quench or Jominy Test and a method for calculating the hardenability of steel from the chemical composition based on the original work by M. A. Grossman.

1.2 The selection of the test method to be used for determining the hardenability of a given steel shall be agreed upon between the supplier and user. The Certified Material Test Report shall state the method of hardenability determination.

1.3 The calculation method described in these test methods is applicable only to the range of chemical compositions that follow:

Element Range, %

Carbon 0.10–0.70

Manganese 0.50–1.65

Silicon 0.15–0.60

Nickel 1.50 max

Chromium 1.35 max

Molybdenum 0.55 max

Copper 0.35 max

Vanadium 0.20 max

1.4 Hardenability is a measure of the depth to which steel will harden when quenched from its austenitizing temperature (Table 1). It is measured quantitatively, usually by noting the extent or depth of hardening of a standard size and shape of test specimen in a standardized quench. In the end-quench test the depth of hardening is the distance along the specimen from the quenched end which correlates to a given hardness level.

1.5 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses are for information only.

1.6 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
TABLE 1 Normalizing and Austenitizing Temperatures^A

Steel Series Ordered Carbon Content, max, % Normalizing Temperature,
°F (°C) Austenitizing Temperature,
°F (°C)

1000, 1300, 1500, 3100, 4000, 4100 0.25 and under 1700 (925) 1700 (925)

4300, 4400, 4500, 4600, 4700, 5000, 5100, 6100,^B 8100, 8600, 8700, 8800, 9400, 9700, 9800 0.26 to 0.36, incl 1650 (900) 1600 (870)

0.37 and over 1600 (870) 1550 (845)

2300, 2500, 3300, 4800, 9300 0.25 and under 1700 (925) 1550 (845)

0.26 to 0.36, incl 1650 (900) 1500 (815)

0.37 and over 1600 (870) 1475 (800)

9200 0.50 and over 1650 (900) 1600 (870)
^A A variation of ±10°F (6°C) from the temperatures in this table is permissible.

^B Normalizing and austenitizing temperatures are 50°F (30°C) higher for the 6100 series.
|end-quench hardenability; hardenability; Composition analysis--steel materials/applications; End-quench hardness; Hardenability (steel); Jominy test; Rockwell hardness; Steel; Steel bars; Steel forgings; ICS Number Code 77.080.20 (Steels)||TRUE/A255|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,Z|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A255|Standard Test Methods for Determining Hardenability of Steel|A255|
This test method covers the procedure for determining the hardenability of steel by the end-quench or Jominy test. The test consists of water quenching one end of a cylindrical test specimen 1.0 in. in diameter and measuring the hardening response as a function of the distance from the quenched end.
||A255|Standard Test Methods for Determining Hardenability of Steel|10.1520/A0255-07E01 60121|Active|A262|2008-03-01|02a(2008)|Practice|Standard Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steels|17|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 These practices cover the following five tests:

1.1.1 Practice A—Oxalic Acid Etch Test for Classification of Etch Structures of Austenitic Stainless Steels (Sections 3 to 7, inclusive),

1.1.2 Practice B—Ferric Sulfate–Sulfuric Acid Test for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steels (Sections 8 to 14, inclusive),

1.1.3 Practice C—Nitric Acid Test for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steels (Sections 15 to 21, inclusive),

1.1.4 Practice E—Copper–Copper Sulfate–Sulfuric Acid Test for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steels (Sections 22 to 31, inclusive), and

1.1.5 Practice F—Copper–Copper Sulfate–50 % Sulfuric Acid Test for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Molybdenum-Bearing Cast Austenitic Stainless Steels (Sections 32 to 38, inclusive).

1.2 The following factors govern the application of these practices:

1.2.1 Susceptibility to intergranular attack associated with the precipitation of chromium carbides is readily detected in all six tests.

1.2.2 Sigma phase in wrought chromium-nickel-molybdenum steels, which may or may not be visible in the microstructure, can result in high corrosion rates only in nitric acid.

1.2.3 Sigma phase in titanium or columbium stabilized alloys and cast molybdenum-bearing stainless alloys, which may or may not be visible in the microstructure, can result in high corrosion rates in both the nitric acid and ferric sulfate–sulfuric acid solutions.

1.3 The oxalic acid etch test is a rapid method of identifying, by simple etching, those specimens of certain stainless steel grades that are essentially free of susceptibility to intergranular attack associated with chromium carbide precipitates. These specimens will have low corrosion rates in certain corrosion tests and therefore can be eliminated (screened) from testing as “acceptable.”

1.4 The ferric sulfate–sulfuric acid test, the copper–copper sulfate–50 % sulfuric acid test, and the nitric acid test are based on weight loss determinations and, thus, provide a quantitative measure of the relative performance of specimens evaluated. In contrast, the copper–copper sulfate–16 % sulfuric acid test is based on visual examination of bend specimens and, therefore, classifies the specimens only as acceptable or nonacceptable.

1.5 In most cases either the 15-h copper–copper sulfate–16 % sulfuric acid test or the 120-h ferric sulfate–sulfuric acid test, combined with the oxalic acid etch test, will provide the required information in the shortest time. All stainless grades listed in the accompanying table may be evaluated in these combinations of screening and corrosion tests, except those specimens of molybdenum-bearing grades (for example 316, 316L, 317, and 317L), which represent steel intended for use in nitric acid environments.

1.6 The 240-h nitric acid test must be applied to stabilized and molybdenum-bearing grades intended for service in nitric acid and to all stainless steel grades that might be subject to end grain corrosion in nitric acid service.

1.7 Only those stainless steel grades are listed in Table 1 for which data on the application of the oxalic acid etch test and on their performance in various quantitative evaluation tests are available.

1.8 Extensive test results on various types of stainless steels evaluated by these practices have been published in Ref (1).

1.9 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as standard. The inch-pound equivalents are in parentheses and may be approximate.

1.10 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety problems, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. (Specific precautionary statements are given in 5.6, 11.1.1, 11.1.9, and 35.1.)|austenitic stainless steel; copper sulfate; corrosion testing; etch structures; ferric sulfate; intergranular corrosion; nitric acid; oxalic acid; Austenitic stainless steel castings; Classification; Copper-copper sulfate-sulfuric acid test; Discontinuities--steel; Ditch structure; End grain pitting; Etch structures; Structural analysis/applications--steel; Ferric sulfate-sulfuric acid test; Grain pits; Interdendritic ditches; Susceptibility; Intergranular attack (IGA); Metallurgical structure; Microscopic examination--metals/alloys; Visual examination--steel; Nitric acid/hydrofluoric acid test; Oxalic acid etch test; Specimen preparation (for testing)--metals/alloys; Stainless steel (corrosion testing); Step structure; Welded steel materials/applications; ICS Number Code 77.140.20 (Steels of high quality)||TRUE/A262|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.14|01.03|||MP7|||||A262|Standard Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stainless Steels|A262||
This specification covers the standard practices for detecting susceptibility to intergranular attack in austenitic stainless steels. These practices include five intergranular corrosion tests, namely: (1) oxalic acid etch test for classification of etch structures of austenitic stainless steels; (2) ferric sulfate-sulfuric acid test, (3) nitric acid test and (4) copper-copper sulfate-sulfuric acid test for detecting susceptibility to intergranular attack in austenitic stainless steels; and (5) copper-copper sulfate-50% sulfuric acid test for detecting susceptibility to intergranular attack in molybdenum-bearing cast austenitic stainless steels. Methods for preparing the test specimens, rapid screening tests, apparatus setup and testing procedures, and calculations and report contents are described for each testing practice. The etch structure types used to classify the specimens are: step structure, dual structure, ditch structure, isolated ferrite, interdendritic ditches, end-grain pitting I, and end-grain pitting II.
|A262|Standard Practices for Detecting Susceptibility to Intergranular Attack...|10.1520/A0262-02AR08 69602|Active|A263|2009-05-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless Chromium Steel-Clad Plate|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers plate of a carbon steel or low-alloy steel base to which is integrally and continuously bonded on one or both sides a layer of stainless chromium steel. The material is generally intended for pressure vessel use.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|alloy cladding; backing steel; bond strength; carbon steel; clad steel plate; low-alloy steel; pressure vessel; shear strength; stainless chromium steel; Chromium-clad steel--specifications; Stainless steel cladding; Steel plate--specifications; Steel sheet--specifications; Steel sheet/strip/plate--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A263|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A263|Standard Specification for Stainless Chromium Steel-Clad Plate|A263||
This guide covers standard specification for a carbon steel plate or a low-alloy steel base to which is integrally and continuously bonded on one or both sides of a layer of stainless chromium steel. The steel shall be made by open-hearth, electric-furnace, or basic-oxygen process, or by secondary processes whereby steel made from these primary processes is remelted using, but not limited to electroslag remelting or vacuum-arc remelting processes. The steel plate may be heat-treated after the forming process. Tensile properties shall be determined by a tension test of the composite plate for clad plates that meet the specified values of tensile strength and yield strength. The composite plate shall conform to any desired combination of alloy-cladding metal and base metal. Tests for strength of the bond, when required, shall be performed and shall meet the specified values of shear and bond strengths. The test specimen shall undergo one or more tension tests, as required by the specifications for the base metal and, when specified, one shear test or three bond bend tests shall be made representing each plate as rolled. Product analysis may also be required for the cladding alloy on the finished product.
|A263|Standard Specification for Stainless Chromium Steel-Clad Plate|10.1520/A0263-09 69603|Active|A264|2009-05-01|09|Specification|Specification for Stainless Chromium-Nickel Steel-Clad Plate|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers plate of a carbon steel or low-alloy steel base to which is integrally and continuously bonded on one or both sides a layer of stainless chromium-nickel steel. The material is generally intended for pressure vessel use.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|alloy cladding; backing steel; bond strength; carbon steel; clad steel plate; low-alloy steel; pressure vessel; shear strength; stainless chromium-nickel steel; Alloy steel plate--specifications; Chromium-clad steel--specifications; Chromium-nickel-alloy steel--specifications; Stainless steel cladding; Stainless steel plate/sheet/strip--specifications; Steel sheet--specifications; Steel sheet/strip/plate--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A264|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A264|Specification for Stainless Chromium-Nickel Steel-Clad Plate|A264||
This specification covers the requirements for plate of a carbon steel or low-alloy steel base to which is integrally and continuously bonded on one or both sides a layer of stainless chromium-nickel steel for pressure vessel. The steel shall be made by the open-heart, electric-furnace, or basic-oxygen processes and the alloy-cladding metal shall be metallurgically bonded to the base metal. The steel clad plate shall be heat treated. The steel specimens shall undergo tension test and shall conform to the required values of tensile strength and yield strength. The steel materials shall also undergo bend tests and shall conform to the required values of shear strength and bond strength. Product and chemical analyses shall also be performed on the steel specimens.
|A264|Specification for Stainless Chromium-Nickel Steel-Clad Plate|10.1520/A0264-09 69432|Active|A265|2009-05-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloy-Clad Steel Plate|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers plate of a carbon steel or low-alloy steel base to which is integrally and continuously bonded on one or both sides a layer of nickel or nickel-base alloy. The material is generally intended for pressure vessel use but may be used in other structural applications where corrosion resistance of the alloy is of prime importance.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|alloy cladding; bond strength; carbon steel; clad steel plate; low-alloy steel; nickel; nickel-base alloy; Stainless steel cladding; Nickel alloy steel plate--specifications; Nickel alloy steel plate (for welded pressure vessels); Nickel-clad steel; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A265|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A265|Standard Specification for Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloy-Clad Steel Plate|A265||
This specification covers the standard for plate of a carbon steel or low-alloy steel base to which is integrally and continuously bonded on one or both sides a layer of nickel or nickel-base alloy. The steel shall be made by the open-hearth, electric furnace (with separate degassing and refining optional), or basic-oxygen processes, or by secondary processes whereby steel made from these primary processes is remelted using, but not limited to electroslag remelting or vacuum arc remelting processes. The nickel or nickel-base alloy cladding metal shall conform to prescribed chemical composition. The base metal shall be carbon steel or low-alloy steel conforming to the specifications for steels for either pressure vessels or for general structural applications. The composite plate shall undergo shear strength test, bond strength test, and tension test and shall conform to the required tensile strength and yield strength. Product and chemical analyses shall be performed on the cladding alloy and be accomplished by wet chemical or instrumental procedures.
|A265|Standard Specification for Nickel and Nickel-Base Alloy-Clad Steel Plate|10.1520/A0265-09 60742|Active|A266/A266M|2008-03-01|03a(2008)|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Pressure Vessel Components|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers four grades of carbon steel forgings for boilers, pressure vessels, and associated equipment.
Note 1—Designations have been changed as follows:

Current
Formerly

Grade 1 Class 1

Grade 2 Class 2

Grade 3 Class 3

Grade 4 Class 4

1.2 Supplementary requirements are provided for use when additional testing or inspection is desired. These shall apply only when specified individually by the purchaser in the order.

1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.4 Unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation, the material shall be furnished to the inch-pound units.
|pressure vessel service; steel forgings—carbon; Boiler/superheater tubes--specifications; Carbon steel forgings--specifications; Pressure vessel steel forgings--specifications; Superheater tubes--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes); 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A266|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A266A266M|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Pressure Vessel Components|A266||
This specification covers four grades of carbon steel forgings for boiler and pressure vessel components, and associated equipment. Materials shall be manufactured by melting process and hot-worked forging. Heat and product analyses shall be performed wherein forgings shall conform to chemical requirements for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulphur, and silicon. Mechanical properties such as tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and reduction of area shall be inspected as well. The requirements for annealed, normalized, or normalized and tempered steel forgings, and that for quenched and tempered steel forgings have been specified separately.
|A266|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Pressure Vessel...|10.1520/A0266_A0266M-03AR08 42879|Active|A268/A268M|2005-09-01|05a|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic and Martensitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers a number of grades of nominal-wall-thickness, stainless steel tubing for general corrosion-resisting and high-temperature service. Most of these grades are commonly known as the "straight-chromium" types and are characterized by being ferromagnetic. Two of these grades, TP410 and UNS S 41500 (), are amenable to hardening by heat treatment, and the high-chromium, ferritic alloys are sensitive to notch-brittleness on slow cooling to ordinary temperatures. These features should be recognized in the use of these materials. Grade TP439 is used primarily for hot-water tank service and does not require post-weld heat treatment to prevent attack of the heat affected zone.
1.2 An optional supplementary requirement is provided, and when desired, shall be so stated in the order.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|ferritic stainless steel; seamless steel tube; stainless steel tube; steel tube; welded steel tube; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A268|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A268A268M|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic and Martensitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service|A268||
This guide covers standard specification for a number of grades of nominal-wall-thickness, welded ferritic and martensitic stainless steel tubing for general corrosion-resisting and high-temperature service. The steel shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, aluminum, copper, nitrogen, titanium, and columbium. The number of tubes in a lot heat treated by the continuous process shall be determined from the size of the tubes. The steel shall conform to the following tensile properties: tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. The tubes shall have a hardness number that will not exceed the prescribed Brinell and Rockwell hardness values. Several mechanical tests shall be conducted, namely: tension test; flaring test (for seamless tubes); flange test (for welded tubes); hardness test; reverse flattening test; intergranular corrosion test; and hydrostatic or nondestructive electric test.
|A268|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Ferritic and Martensitic...|10.1520/A0268_A0268M-05A 60451|Active|A269|2008-03-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers grades of nominal-wall-thickness, stainless steel tubing for general corrosion-resisting and low- or high-temperature service, as designated in Table 1.

1.2 The tubing sizes and thicknesses usually furnished to this specification are ¼ in. (6.4 mm) in inside diameter and larger and 0.020 in. (0.51 mm) in nominal wall-thickness and heavier.

1.3 Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than ¹/₈ in. (3.2 mm) in inside diameter or 0.015 in. (0.38 mm) in thickness.
Note 1—Additional testing requirements may apply for use in ASME B31.3 applications.

1.4 Optional supplementary requirements are provided and, when one or more of these are desired, each shall be so stated in the order.

1.5 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|austenitic stainless steel; seamless steel tube; stainless steel tube; steel tube; welded steel tube; Austenitic stainless steel tube--specifications; Corrosive service applications--tube (steel); High-temperature service applications--steel tube; Low-temperature service applications--steel; Seamless steel tube--specifications; Stainless steel tube--specifications; Underwater pressure test; Welded steel tube--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A269|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A269|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service|A269||
This specification covers nominal-wall-thickness, seamless and welded austenitic steel tubing for general corrosion-resisting and low- or high-temperature service. All material shall be furnished in the heat-treated condition. The steel shall conform to the chemical composition requirements. Different mechanical test requirements that includes, flaring test, flange test, hardness test, and reverse flattening test are presented. Also, each tube shall be subjected to the non-destructive electric test or the hydrostatic test. Finally the hardness requirements for different grades of tubes are highlighted.
|A269|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel...|10.1520/A0269-08 66555|Active|A270|2008-10-01|03a(2008)e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Sanitary Tubing|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers grades of seamless, welded, and heavily cold worked welded austenitic and ferritic/austenitic stainless steel sanitary tubing intended for use in the dairy and food industry and having special surface finishes. Pharmaceutical quality may be requested, as a supplementary requirement.

1.2 This specification covers tubes in sizes up to and including 12 in. (304.8 mm) in outside diameter.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.

1.4 Optional supplementary requirements are provided, and when one or more of these are desired, each shall be so stated in the order.
|austenitic stainless steel; duplex stainless steel; ferritic/austenitic stainless steel; heavily cold worked tube; seamless steel tube; stainless steel tube; steel tube; welded steel tube; Austenitic stainless steel tube--specifications; Cooking/food service equipment--specifications; Dairy industry materials/applications--specifications; Sanitary drainage materials/applications--specifications; Seamless steel tube--specifications; Stainless steel tube--specifications; Welded steel tube--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A270|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A270|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Sanitary Tubing|A270||
This specification covers grades of seamless, welded, and heavily cold worked austenitic and ferritic/austenitic stainless steel sanitary tubing. Seamless tubes shall be manufactured by a process that does not involve welding at any stage. Welded tubes shall be made using an automated welding process with no addition of filler metal during the welding process. Heavily cold worked tubes shall be made by applying cold working of not less than 35% reduction of thickness of both wall and weld to a welded tube prior to the final anneal. No filler shall be used in making the weld. All material shall be furnished in the heat-treated condition. A chemical analysis of either one length of flat-rolled stock or one tube shall be made for each heat. Each tube shall be subjected to mechanical tests like reverse flattening test, hydrostatic test or nondestructive electric test. The following surface finishes may be specified: mill finish, mechanically polished surface finish, finish No. 80, finish No. 120, finish No. 180, finish No. 240, electropolished finish, and maximum roughness average surface finish. Longitudinally polished finish shall be performed on the inside surface only while a circumferential polished finish shall be done on either the inside surface, outside surface, or both.
|A270|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel...|10.1520/A0270-03AR08E01 64828|Active|A275/A275M|2008-11-01|08|Test Method|Standard Practice for Magnetic Particle Examination of Steel Forgings|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This practice covers a procedure for magnetic particle examination of steel forgings. The procedure will produce consistent results upon which acceptance standards can be based. This standard does not contain acceptance standards or recommended quality levels.

1.2 Only direct current or rectified alternating (full or half wave) current shall be used as the electric power source for any of the magnetizing methods. Alternating current is not permitted because its capability to detect subsurface discontinuities is very limited and therefore unsuitable.

1.2.1 Portable battery powered electromagnetic yokes are outside the scope of this practice.
Note 1—Guide E 709 may be utilized for magnetic particle examination in the field for machinery components originally manufactured from steel forgings.

1.3 The minimum requirements for magnetic particle examination shall conform to practice standards of Practice E 1444. If the requirements of this practice are in conflict with the requirements of Practice E 1444, the requirements of this practice shall prevail.

1.4 This specification and the applicable material specifications are expressed in both inch-pound units and SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation [SI units], the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.

1.5 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.6 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. |circular magnetization; d c magnetization; dry method; fluorescent method; longitudinal magnetization; steel forgings; surface flaw detection; wet method; Defects; Forgings; Magnetic particle inspection; Steel forgings; Surface analysis--metals/alloys; Visual examination--steel; Welded steel forgings ; ICS Number Code 77.040.20 (Non-destructive testing of metals); 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A275|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A275A275M|Standard Practice for Magnetic Particle Examination of Steel Forgings|A275|
For ferromagnetic materials, magnetic particle examination is widely specified for the detection of surface and near surface discontinuities such as cracks, laps, seams, and linearly oriented nonmetallic inclusions. Such examinations are included as mandatory requirements in some forging standards such as Specification A 508/A 508M.

Use of direct current or rectified alternating (full or half wave) current as the power source for magnetic particle examination allows detection of subsurface discontinuities.
|
This test method covers the procedures for the standard practice of performing magnetic particle examination on steel forgings. The inspection medium shall consist of finely divided ferromagnetic particles, whose size, shape and magnetic properties, both individually and collectively, shall be taken into account. Forgings may be magnetized in the longitudinal or circular direction by employing the surge or continuous current flow methods. Magnetization may be applied by passing current through the piece or by inducing a magnetic field by means of a central conductor, such as a prod or yoke, or by coils. While the material is properly magnetized, the magnetic particles may be applied by either the dry method, wet method, or fluorescent method. The parts shall also be sufficiently demagnetized after inspection so that residual or leakage fields will not interfere with future operations to which the steel forgings shall be used for. Indications to be evaluated are grouped into three broad classes, namely: surface defects, which include laminar defects, forging laps and folds, flakes (thermal ruptures caused by entrapped hydrogen), heat-treating cracks, shrinkage cracks, grinding cracks, and etching or plating cracks; subsurface defects, which include stringers of nonmetallic inclusions, large nonmetallics, cracks in underbeads of welds, and forging bursts; and nonrelevant or false indications, which include magnetic writing, changes in section, edge of weld, and flow lines.
|A275|Standard Practice for Magnetic Particle Examination of Steel Forgings|10.1520/A0275_A0275M-08 63863|Active|A276|2008-10-01|08a|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers hot-finished or cold-finished bars except bars for reforging (Note 1). It includes rounds, squares, and hexagons, and hot-rolled or extruded shapes, such as angles, tees, and channels in the more commonly used types of stainless steels. The free-machining types (Note 2) for general corrosion resistance and high-temperature service are covered in a separate specification.
Note 1—For bars for reforging, see Specification A 314.

Note 2—For free-machining stainless bars designed especially for optimum machinability, see Specification A 582/A 582M.

Note 3—There are standards covering high nickel, chromium, austenitic corrosion, and heat resisting alloy materials. These standards are under the jurisdiction of ASTM Subcommittee B02.07 and may be found in Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol. 02.04.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|austenitic stainless steel; austenitic-ferritic duplex stainless steel; ferritic stainless steel; martensitic stainless steel; stainless steel bars; stainless steel shapes; Hot-rolled stainless steel bars--specifications; Stainless steel bars/billets--specifications; Steel bars and shapes--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.20 (Steels of high quality); 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods); 77.140.70 (Steel profiles)||TRUE/A276|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N,CH|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A276|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes|A276||
This specification covers hot-finished or cold-finished bars except bars for reforging. It includes rounds, squares, and hexagons, and hot-rolled or extruded shapes, such as angles, tees, and channels in the more commonly used types of stainless steels. The bars shall be furnished in one of the following conditions: Condition A in which the bars are annealed, Condition H in which the bars are hardened and tempered at a relative temperature, Condition T in which the bars are hardened and tempered at a relatively high temperature, Condition S in which the bars are strain hardened or relatively light cold worked, and Condition B in which the bars are relatively severe cold worked. The material shall be subjected to a mechanical test to determine its tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and Brinell hardness.
|A276|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes|10.1520/A0276-08 49897|Active|A278/A278M|2006-10-01|01(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Pressure-Containing Parts for Temperatures Up to 650°F (350°C)|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers gray iron for castings suitable for pressure-containing parts for use at temperatures up to 650°F (350°C).
1.2 Classes of Iron:

1.2.1 Castings of all classes are suitable for use up to 450°F (230°C). For temperatures above 450°F and up to 650°F, only Class 40, 45, 50, 55, and 60 castings are suitable.

1.2.2 Castings of all clases are suitable for use up to 230°C. For temperatures above 230°C and up to 350°C, only Class 275, 300, 325, 350, 380, and 415 castings are suitable.
|elevated temperature service; gray iron castings; pressure containing parts; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A278|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A04.01|01.02|||MP4|||||A278A278M|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Pressure-Containing Parts for Temperatures Up to 650°F (350°C)|A278||
This specification covers gray iron for castings suitable for pressure-containing parts at elevated temperatures. Castings shall be stress-relieved by placing them in a suitable furnace and heating them uniformly to the temperatures and for the times specified. Castings to be used at a particular temperature range shall undergo heat treatment and cooling. Chemical analysis shall be performed on each class of castings and shall meet the maximum requirement for carbon, phosphorus and sulfur. Iron used in supplying castings shall conform to the required tensile strength. Separately cast test bars having the required dimensions shall be poured from the same lot as the castings represented. The test bars shall be cast in dried siliceous sand molds maintained at approximately room temperature. Tension test shall be performed on each lot and materials shall conform to the tensile requirements specified.
|A278|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Pressure-Containing...|10.1520/A0278_A0278M-01R06 55986|Active|A283/A283M|2007-09-01|03(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers four grades (A, B, C, and D) of carbon steel plates of structural quality for general application.
1.2 When the steel is to be welded, a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service is to be utilized. See Appendix X3 of Specification A 6/A 6M for information on weldability.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exactly equivalents; therefore, each system is to be used independently of the other, without combining values in any way.
1.4 For plate produced from coil and furnished without heat treatment or with stress relieving only, the additional requirements, including additional testing requirements and the reporting of additional test results, of Specification A 6/A 6M apply.
1.5 This specification contains notes or footnotes, or both, that provide explanatory material. Such notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and figures, do not contain any mandatory requirements.
|steel plate-carbon steel; steel plate-structural; structural applications-steel; plate-carbon steel; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A283|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.02|01.04|||MP7|||||A283A283M|Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates|A283||
This specification covers four grades of carbon steel plates of structural quality for general application. Steel samples shall be melt processed by either open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric furnace. Heat and product analysis shall be performed wherein steel materials shall conform to required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, and copper. Steel specimens shall also undergo tensile tests and shall conform to required values of tensile strength, yield point, and elongation.
|A283|Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon...|10.1520/A0283_A0283M-03R07 60017|Active|A285/A285M|2007-11-01|03(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- and Intermediate-Tensile Strength|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers carbon steel plates of low- and intermediate-tensile strengths which may be made by killed, semi-killed, capped, or rimmed steel practices at the producer's option. These plates are intended for fusion-welded pressure vessels.

1.2 Plates under this specification are available in three grades having different strength levels as follows:

Grade Tensile Strength, ksi [MPa]

A 45–65 [310–450]

B 50–70 [345–485]

C 55–75 [380–515]

1.3 The maximum thickness of plates under this specification, for reasons of internal soundness, is limited to a maximum thickness of 2 in. [50 mm] for all grades.
Note 1—For killed carbon steels only refer to the following ASTM specifications:
A 299/A 299M Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Manganese-
Silicon.
A 515/A 515M Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for
Intermediate- and Higher-Temperature Service
A 516/A 516M Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Moderate-
and Lower-Temperature Service.

1.4 For plates produced from coil and furnished without heat treatment or with stress relieving only, the additional requirements, including additional testing requirements and the reporting of additional test results, of Specification A 20/A 20M apply.

1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|Carbon steel plate--specifications; Welded steel plate/sheet/strip--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A285|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A285A285M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- and Intermediate-Tensile Strength|A285||
This specification covers carbon steel plates of low- and intermediate-tensile strengths which may be made by killed, semi-killed, capped, or rimmed steel. These plates are intended for fusion-welded pressure vessels. Plates are normally supplied in the as-rolled condition. The steel shall conform to the required chemical compositions. The plates, as represented by the tension test specimens, shall conform to the mechanical property requirements.
|A285|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Low- and...|10.1520/A0285_A0285M-03R07 60743|Active|A288|2008-03-01|91(2008)|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Magnetic Retaining Rings for Turbine Generators|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers quenched and tempered carbon and alloy steel forgings for magnetic retaining rings for turbine generators.

1.2 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided. These shall apply only when specified by the purchaser.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|Alloy steel forgings--specifications; Carbon steel forgings--specifications; Generator materials--turbine; Magnetic materials/applications--specifications; Magnetic retaining rings; Retaining rings; Steel forgings (turbine)--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A288|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A288|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Magnetic Retaining Rings for Turbine Generators|A288||
This specification covers quenched and tempered carbon and alloy steel forgings for magnetic retaining rings for turbine generators. Specimens shall be manufactured by melting process and vacuum degassing. Forgings shall also undergo preliminary machining prior to heat treatment (quenching and tempering) for mechanical properties testing. Steel materials shall conform to tensile and notch toughness requirements, which include tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, reduction of area, and Charpy V-notch impact strength. Heat and product analyses shall be performed as well wherein specimens shall conform to chemical requirements of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, and vanadium. Nondestructive tests such as magnetic particle test and ultrasonic inspection may also be performed.
|A288|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Magnetic...|10.1520/A0288-91R08 60744|Active|A289/A289M|2008-03-01|97(2008)|Specification|Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Forgings for Nonmagnetic Retaining Rings for Generators|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers nonmagnetic alloy steel retaining ring forgings for generators.

1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.3 Unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation, the material shall be furnished to the inch-pound units.
|alloy steel; cold worked; generator retaining rings; nonmagnetic; steel forgings; Alloy steel forgings--specifications; Cold-worked steel--specifications; Generator materials; Nonmagnetic retaining rings; Retaining rings; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A289|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A289A289M|Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Forgings for Nonmagnetic Retaining Rings for Generators|A289||
This specification covers nonmagnetic alloy steel retaining ring forgings for generators. The steel shall be made by the electro-slag-remelt (ESR) process. The electrodes shall be made by either the basic electric furnace or ladle refining processes. Sufficient discard shall be taken from each ingot to secure freedom from piping and undue segregation. Forged rings shall be solution treated following hot working and prior to the cold expansion procedure. Rings shall be rough machined prior to cold expansion or final heat treatment. Electrical properties and mechanical properties like yield strength, tensile strength, and elongation shall be determined. The rings shall be subject to the following test: tension test, Charpy V-notch impact test, metallographic test and non-destructive test. The ring shall be from cracks, seams, laps, shrinkage, and other injurious defects.
|A289|Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Forgings for Nonmagnetic Retaining...|10.1520/A0289_A0289M-97R08 42975|Active|A290/A290M|2005-09-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Rings for Reduction Gears|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers normalized and tempered, and quenched and tempered, carbon and alloy steel forged or rolled rings for reduction gears.
1.2 Several grades and classes of steel are covered as follows:
1.2.1 Grade 1, Classes A and B, and Grade 2, Classes C and D, are carbon steel.
1.2.2 Grade 3, Classes E and F, Grade 4, Classes G, H, I, J, K and L, Grade 5, Classes M and P, and Grade 6, Class T, are alloy steel.
1.2.3 All grades and classes are considered weldable under proper conditions. Welding techniques are of fundamental importance and it is pre-supposed that welding procedure and inspection will be in accordance with proper methods for the class of material used.
1.3 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|alloy steel forgings; carbon steel forgings; gear rings; heat-treated; reduction gears; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A290|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A290A290M|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Rings for Reduction Gears|A290||
This specification deals with normalized and tempered, and quenched and tempered, carbon and alloy steel forged or rolled rings for reduction gears. The grades and classes of steels covered here are: Grade 1, Classes A and B, and Grade 2, Classes C and D, which are carbon steels; and Grade 3, Classes E and F, Grade 4, Classes G, H, I, J, K and L, Grade 5, Classes M and P, and Grade 6, Class T, which are alloy steels. Materials shall be manufactured by melting and forging processes and optional machining, and shall be allowed to cool prior to reheating. Heat treatment shall consist of normalizing and tempering for Grade 1, Classes A and B, and quenching and tempering for all other grades and classes. Heat and product analyses shall be performed wherein specimens shall conform to required chemical composition of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, vanadium, copper, and aluminum. Steels shall also undergo tension, impact, and Brinell hardness tests, and shall conform to the following mechanical requirements: tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, reduction of area, Brinell hardness, and Charpy V-notch.
|A290|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Rings for...|10.1520/A0290_A0290M-05 42738|Active|A291/A291M|2005-09-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Forgings, Carbon and Alloy, for Pinions, Gears and Shafts for Reduction Gears|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers normalized and tempered carbon steel and quenched and tempered alloy steel forgings for pinions, gears, and shafts.
1.2 Several grades of steel are covered as follows:
1.2.1 Grade 1, Class A,is normalized and tempered carbon steel.
1.2.2 Grade 2, Class B, Grade 3, Class C, Grade 3A, Class D, Grades 4 to 7, Classes E, F, G, and H, Grade 8, Class I, and Grade 9, Class J, are liquid quenched and tempered alloy steel.
1.3 All grades and classes are considered weldable under proper conditions. Welding technique is of fundamental importance and it is presupposed that welding procedure and inspection shall be in accordance with approved methods for the class of material used.
1.4 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
1.5 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|alloy steel forgings; carbon steel forgings; gear forgings; gear shaft forgings; heat-treated; pinion forgings; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A291|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A291A291M|Standard Specification for Steel Forgings, Carbon and Alloy, for Pinions, Gears and Shafts for Reduction Gears|A291||
This specification covers normalized and tempered carbon steel, and liquid quenched and tempered alloy steel forgings for pinions, gears, and shafts for reduction gears. Prior to heat treatment for mechanical properties testing , steel materials may undergo machining and boring, after which specimens shall be stress relieved. Tensile, impact and Brinell hardness tests shall be performed wherein forgings shall conform to the following mechanical properties: tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, reduction of area, Charpy V-notch, and Brinell hardness. Specimens shall also conform to chemical requirements for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, vanadium, copper, and aluminum.
|A291|Standard Specification for Steel Forgings, Carbon and Alloy, for Pinions,...|10.1520/A0291_A0291M-05 39908|Active|A295/A295M|2005-03-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for High-Carbon Anti-Friction Bearing Steel|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers high-carbon bearing-quality steel to be used in the manufacture of anti-friction bearings.
1.2 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided and when desired shall be so stated in the order.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other.
|ICS Number Code 77.140.10 (Heat-treatable steels)||TRUE/A295|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,Z|||||A01.28|01.05|||MP7|||||A295A295M|Standard Specification for High-Carbon Anti-Friction Bearing Steel|A295||
This specification covers high-carbon bearing-quality steel to be used in the manufacture of anti-friction bearings. Materials shall conform to chemical compositions as specified herein, and to physical size and shape as agreed upon between the manufacturer and purchaser. Steels shall exhibit fine fracture grain size when quenched from normal austenitizing temperatures. Decarburization and surface imperfections shall not exceed the limits also specified herein. When annealing is specified in the order, the steel shall adhere to hardness requirements and have a completely spheroidized microstructure, which shall accordingly be rated and reported as carbide size, carbide network, and lamellar content.
|A295|Standard Specification for High-Carbon Anti-Friction Bearing Steel|10.1520/A0295_A0295M-05 65505|Active|A297/A297M|2008-11-01|08a|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Iron-Chromium and Iron-Chromium-Nickel, Heat Resistant, for General Application|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers iron-chromium and iron-chromium-nickel alloy castings for heat-resistant service. The grades covered by this specification are general purpose alloys and no attempt has been made to include heat-resisting alloys used for special production application.
Note 1—For heat-resisting alloys used for special product application, reference should be made to Specification A 351/A 351M, A 217/A 217M, and A 447/A 447M.

1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.
|Cast iron--specifications; Class codes (for metals/alloys); Iron-chromium castings--specifications; Steel castings--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A297|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A297A297M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Iron-Chromium and Iron-Chromium-Nickel, Heat Resistant, for General Application|A297||
This specification covers standards for iron-chromium and iron-chromium-nickel alloy castings of general purpose grades (Grades HF, HH, HI, HK, HE, HT, HU, HW, HX, HC, HD, HL, HN, and HN) applicable in heat-resistant services. Alloys shall be produced through electric arc, electric-induction, or other approved processes. Heat-treatment shall be conducted when agreed upon by the manufacturer and purchaser. The material shall conform to carbon, manganese, silicon, phosphorus, sulfur, chromium, nickel, and molybdenum contents. Tensile requirements including tensile strength, yield point, and elongation shall apply when specified in the purchase order. Guidelines for repair by welding are also given.
|A297|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Iron-Chromium and...|10.1520/A0297_A0297M-08A 32714|Active|A299/A299M|2004-02-02|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Manganese-Silicon|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers manganese-silicon carbon steel plates for use in welded boilers and other pressure vessels.
1.2 Plates under this specification are produced in two grades. The specified minimum the yield strength decreases on thicknesses over 1 in. [25 mm].
1.3 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements; however, current practice normally limits the maximum thickness of plates furnished under this specification to 8 in. [200 mm].
1.4 For plates produced from coil, the additional requirements, including additional testing requirements and the reporting of additional test results, of Specification A 20/A 20M apply.
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|carbon steel plate; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel steels; steel plates; steel plates for presuure vessel applications; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes); 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A299|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A299A299M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, Manganese-Silicon|A299||
This specification covers manganese-silicon carbon steel plates for use in welded boilers and other pressure vessels. Plates under this specification are produced in two grades. The steel shall be killed and shall conform to the fine austenitic grain size requirement. Tension test shall be made to conform to the requirements specified.
|A299|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel,...|10.1520/A0299_A0299M-04 60018|Active|A302/A302M|2007-11-01|03(2007)|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Manganese-Molybdenum and Manganese-Molybdenum-Nickel|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers manganese-molybdenum and manganese-molybdenum-nickel alloy steel plates intended particularly for welded boilers and other pressure vessels.

1.2 Plates under this specification are available in four grades having different strength levels as follows:

Grade Tensile Strength,
ksi [MPa] Type

A 75–95 [515–655] manganese-molybdenum

B 80–100 [550–690] manganese-molybdenum

C 80–100 [550–690] manganese-molybdenum-nickel

D 80–100 [550–690] manganese-molybdenum-nickel

1.3 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the chemical composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements. The minimum thickness is limited to 0.25 in. [6.5 mm].

1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|alloy steel plate; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel steels; steel plates; steel plates for pressure vessel applications; Alloy steel plate--specifications; Manganese alloy steel plate--specifications; Manganese-molybdenum-nickel alloy--specifications; Pressure vessel steel plate--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes); 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A302|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A302A302M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, Manganese-Molybdenum and Manganese-Molybdenum-Nickel|A302||
This specification covers manganese-molybdenum and manganese-molybdenum-nickel alloy steel plates intended particularly for welded boilers and other pressure vessels. According to their strength levels, the plates are available in four grades: Grades A, B, C, and D. The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the chemical composition to meet the specified mechanical property requirements. The steel shall be killed and shall conform to fine grain size requirements. The plates shall be subjected to tension test to determine the tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation.
|A302|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel,...|10.1520/A0302_A0302M-03R07 42105|Active|A304|2005-03-01|05e2|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Bars Subject to End-Quench Hardenability Requirements|50|58.00|58.00|69.60||
1.1 This specification covers hot-worked alloy, carbon, and carbon-boron steels in a variety of compositions and sizes, which may attain specified depth of hardening in the end quench test. These steel compositions are identified by the suffix letter "H" added to the conventional grade number.
1.2 This specification provides for analyses other than those listed under Tables 1 and 2. Special hardenability limits are also permissible when approved by the purchaser and manufacturer.
1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|alloy steel bars; carbon steel bars; end quench hardenability; steel bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A304|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,Z|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A304|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Bars Subject to End-Quench Hardenability Requirements|A304||
This specification covers carbon and alloy steel bars subject to end-quench hardenability requirements. The methods for estimating the hardness value of the material are presented. Method A is the minimum and maximum hardness values at any desired distance, Method B is the minimum and maximum distances at which any desired hardness value occurs, Method C is the two maximum hardness values at two desired distances, Method D is the two minimum hardness values at two desired distances, and Method E is any minimum hardness plus any maximum hardness. The heat analysis shall conform to the requirements as to chemical composition. The fine austenitic grain size requirements of the steel material are presented in details. The end-quench hardenability shall conform to the requirements specified on the purchase order. The test specimen requirements indicates that, the number and location of test specimens shall be in accordance with the manufacturers standard practice and shall adequately represent the hardenability of each heat, also, all forged or rolled hardenability test specimens must be normalized prior to testing. The grain size and end-quench hardenability test methods are presented in details.
|A304|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Bars Subject to...|10.1520/A0304-05E02 58071|Active|A307|2007-12-01|07b|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers the chemical and mechanical requirements of three grades of carbon steel bolts and studs in sizes ¼ in. through 4 in. The fasteners are designated by “Grade” denoting tensile strength and intended use, as follows:

Grade Description

Grade A Bolts and studs having a minimum tensile strength of 60 ksi and intended for general applications,

Grade B Bolts and studs having a tensile strength of 60 to 100 ksi and intended for flanged joints in piping systems with cast iron flanges, and

Grade C Replaced by Specification F 1554 Gr.36

1.1.1 The term studs includes stud stock, sometimes referred to as threaded rod.

1.2 This specification does not cover requirements for machine screws, thread cutting/forming screws, mechanical expansion anchors or similar externally threaded fasteners.

1.3 Suitable nuts are covered in Specification A 563. Unless otherwise specified, the grade and style of nut for each grade of fastener, of all surface finishes, shall be as follows:

Fastener Grade and Size
Nut Grade and Style^A

A ¼ to 1½in. A, hex

A over 1¹/₂ to 4 in. A, heavy hex

B, ¼ to 4 in. A, heavy hex
^A Nuts of other grades and styles having specified proof load stresses (Specification A 563, Table 3) greater than the specified grade and style of nut are also suitable.

1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.

1.5 Supplementary Requirement S1 of an optional nature is provided, which describes additional restrictions to be applied when bolts are to be welded. It shall apply only when specified in the inquiry, order, and contract.

1.6 Terms used in this specification are defined in Terminology F 1789 unless otherwise defined herein.
|bolts; carbon steel; steel; studs; ICS Number Code 21.060.10 (Bolts, screws, studs)||TRUE/A307|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A307|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength|A307||
This specification covers the chemical and mechanical requirements for three grades (Grades A, B, and C) of carbon steel bolts and studs in specified sizes. This specification does not cover the requirements for machine screws, thread cutting/forming screws, mechanical expansion anchors, or other similar externally threaded fasteners. When tested, sampled specimens shall adhere to specified values for chemical composition, hardness, tensile strength, yield point, elongation, and dimensions.
|A307|Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60 000 PSI...|10.1520/A0307-07B 51126|Active|A308/A308M|2006-11-15|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Terne (Lead-Tin Alloy) Coated by the Hot-Dip Process|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers sheet steel in coils and cut lengths coated with lead-tin alloy (terne metal, see ) by the hot-dip process. This material is commonly known as terne and is used where ease of solderability and a degree of corrosion resistance are desirable. It is especially suitable where resistance to gasoline is required. Terne-coated sheet is also used for stamping, where the coating acts as a lubricant in the die, lessening difficulties in drawing. The weight of coating, always expressed as total coating on both sides, shall be specified in accordance with .
1.2 Material furnished under this specification shall conform to the applicable requirements of the latest issue of Specification A 924/A 924M, unless otherwise provided herein.
1.3 Terne-coated steel is available in a number of designations, types, and grades.
1.4 This specification is applicable to orders in either inch-pound units (as A 308) or SI units (as A 308M). Values in inch-pound and SI units are not necessarily equivalent. Within the text, SI units are shown in brackets. Each system shall be used independently of the other.
1.5 Unless the order specifies the "M" designation (SI units), the product shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
1.6 The text of this specification references notes and footnotes that provide explanatory material. These notes and footnotes, excluding those in tables and figures, shall not be considered as requirements of this specification.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|lead-tin coating; steel sheet; terne; terne coating; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A308|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B|||||A05.11|01.06|||MP7|||||A308A308M|Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Terne (Lead-Tin Alloy) Coated by the Hot-Dip Process|A308||
This specification covers sheet steel in coils and cut lengths coated with lead-tin alloy by the hot-dip process. The material, also known as terne-coated sheet, is available in four designations as commercial steel, deep drawing steel, extra deep drawing steel, and structural steel. Amount of copper, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, vanadium, titanium, columbium, and boron shall conform to the chemical composition requirements of this specification. Yield strength, tensile strength, elongation, and bending shall conform to the mechanical property requirements.
|A308|Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Terne (Lead-Tin Alloy) Coated by...|10.1520/A0308_A0308M-06 54358|Active|A309|2007-05-01|01(2007)|Test Method|Standard Test Method for Weight and Composition of Coating on Terne Sheet by the Triple-Spot Test|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This test method covers the determination of the weight and composition of coating on terne sheet by the triple-spot method. The following three procedures are described:
1.1.1 Procedure A - Stripping with sulfuric acid.
1.1.2 Procedure D - Stripping with hydrochloric acid and antimony trichloride.
1.1.3 Procedure E - Stripping with hydrobromic acid-bromine solution.
Procedure B (Electrolytic Stripping) and Procedure C (Stripping with Silver Nitrate Solution), formerly in this test method, were discontinued because lack of usage. The designation for Procedure D and Procedure E are retained to avoid future confusion when reference is made only to the procedure designation.
1.2 If the percent of tin in the coating is required, stripping with hydrobromic acid-bromine is the preferred procedure. Steel with a predeposited electrolytic nickel coating requires a two-stage stripping method to determine total tin content. If both the tin and lead percentage are required, stripping with sulfuric acid is recommended, but caution is advised since the sulfuric acid procedure has been found to produce high tin results (see Section 11).
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use. For specific hazards statements, see Section 5, Note 2, and Section 17.
|coating composition; coating weight; metallic coatings; steel sheet-terne coated; terne coating; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A309|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B|||||A05.07|01.06|||MP7|||||A309|Standard Test Method for Weight and Composition of Coating on Terne Sheet by the Triple-Spot Test|A309|
A coating of terne metal on iron or steel articles is intended to provide drawability, solderability, or corrosion resistance, or combination thereof, which can require different amounts of coating. Specifications for terne-coated sheets frequently provide for these different classes (weights) of coating so that purchasers can select that most suitable for their needs. This test method provides a means of determining the weight of coating for comparison with the material specification requirements.
||A309|Standard Test Method for Weight and Composition of Coating on Terne Sheet...|10.1520/A0309-01R07 33612|Active|A311/A311M|2004-03-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Cold-Drawn, Stress-Relieved Carbon Steel Bars Subject to Mechanical Property Requirements|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers two classes, nine grades, and four conditions of stress-relieved cold-drawn carbon steel bars produced to mechanical property requirements. One class, B, is cold drawn with higher than normal (heavy) drafts to provide higher strength levels, and four grades provide improved machinability.

1.2 Supplementary Requirements, S1 through S6, of an optional nature are provided.

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded as the standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents, therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|carbon steel bars; cold finished steel bars; steel bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A311|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A311A311M|Standard Specification for Cold-Drawn, Stress-Relieved Carbon Steel Bars Subject to Mechanical Property Requirements|A311||
This specification covers cold-drawn, stress-relieved carbon steel bars subject to mechanical property requirements. The bars are furnished in two classes, A and B. Class A are normal-draft cold-drawn and stress-relieved rounds, squares, hexagons, and flats. Class B are heavy-draft cold-drawn and stress-relieved rounds and hexagons. The steel shall be made by one or more of the following primary processes: open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace. The cast or heat analysis shall conform to the chemical composition requirements specified. Tension test shall be made to conform to the requirements specified.
|A311|Standard Specification for Cold-Drawn, Stress-Relieved Carbon Steel Bars...|10.1520/A0311_A0311M-04 69276|Active|A312/A312M|2009-05-15|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes|12|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This specification covers seamless, straight-seam welded, and heavily cold worked welded austenitic stainless steel pipe intended for high-temperature and general corrosive service.
Note 1—When the impact test criterion for a low-temperature service would be 15 ft·lbf [20 J] energy absorption or 15 mils [0.38 mm] lateral expansion, some of the austenitic stainless steel grades covered by this specification are accepted by certain pressure vessel or piping codes without the necessity of making the actual test. For example, Grades TP304, TP304L, and TP347 are accepted by the ASME Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII Division 1, and by the Chemical Plant and Refinery Piping Code, ANSI B31.3, for service at temperatures as low as −425 °F [−250 °C] without qualification by impact tests. Other AISI stainless steel grades are usually accepted for service temperatures as low as −325 °F [−200 °C] without impact testing. Impact testing may, under certain circumstances, be required. For example, materials with chromium or nickel content outside the AISI ranges, and for material with carbon content exceeding 0.10 %, are required to be impact tested under the rules of ASME Section VIII Division 1 when service temperatures are lower than −50 °F [−45 °C].

1.2 Grades TP304H, TP309H, TP309HCb, TP310H, TP310HCb, TP316H, TP321H, TP347H, and TP348H are modifications of Grades TP304, TP309Cb, TP309S, TP310Cb, TP310S, TP316, TP321, TP347, and TP348, and are intended for service at temperatures where creep and stress rupture properties are important.

1.3 Optional supplementary requirements are provided for pipe where a greater degree of testing is desired. These supplementary requirements call for additional tests to be made and, when desired, it is permitted to specify in the order one or more of these supplementary requirements.

1.4 Table X1.1 lists the standardized dimensions of welded and seamless stainless steel pipe as shown in ANSI B36.19. These dimensions are also applicable to heavily cold worked pipe. Pipe having other dimensions is permitted to be ordered and furnished provided such pipe complies with all other requirements of this specification.

1.5 Grades TP321 and TP321H have lower strength requirements for pipe manufactured by the seamless process in nominal wall thicknesses greater than ³/₈ in. [9.5 mm].

1.6 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the “M” designation of this specification is specified in the order.
Note 2—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as “nominal diameter,” “size,” and “nominal size.”

|austenitic stainless steel; seamless steel pipe; stainless steel pipe; steel pipe; welded steel pipe; Austenitic stainless steel pipe--specifications; Seamless austenitic steel pipe--specifications; Stainless steel pipe--specifications; Welded steel pipe--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A312|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A312A312M|Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes|A312||
This guide covers standard specification for seamless, straight-seam welded, and cold worked welded austenitic stainless steel pipe intended for high-temperature and general corrosive service. Several grades of steel shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, titanium, columbium, tantalum, nitrogen, vanadium, copper, cerium, boron, aluminum, and others. All pipes shall be furnished in the heat-treated condition in accordance with the required heat treating temperature and cooling/testing requirements. Tensile properties of the material shall conform to the prescribed tensile strength and yield strength. The steel pipe shall undergo mechanical tests such as transverse or longitudinal tension test and flattening test. Grain size determination and weld decay tests shall be performed. Each pipe shall also be subjected to the nondestructive electric test or the hydrostatic test.
|A312|Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked...|10.1520/A0312_A0312M-09 63865|Active|A313/A313M|2008-10-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Spring Wire|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers austenitic and age-hardenable stainless steel round spring wire intended especially for the manufacture of springs.

1.2 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

1.3 Unless the order specifies an “M” designation, the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
|austenitic stainless steel; precipitation hardening stainless steel; stainless steel spring wire; Stainless steel wire--specifications; Steel springs--specifications; Steel wire--specifications; Steel wire (chromium alloy)--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.25 (Spring steels)||TRUE/A313|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A313A313M|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Spring Wire|A313||
This guide covers standard specification for austenitic and age-hardenable stainless steel round spring wire intended especially for the manufacture of springs. The steel shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, nitrogen, and other elements. The material shall conform to the required tensile strengths following the prescribed heat treatment. Tensile strength requirements for hardened wires and stress-relieved materials shall be given. Mechanical tests such as wrap test, uniformity (coil test), and bend test hall be performed on the steel material.
|A313|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Spring Wire|10.1520/A0313_A0313M-03 64708|Active|A314|2008-10-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Billets and Bars for Forging|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers stainless steel billets and bars intended only for forging.
|austenitic stainless steel; austenitic-ferritic duplex stainless steel; ferritic stainless steel; martensitic stainless steel; stainless steel bars; stainless steel billets; Stainless steel forgings--specifications; Steel bars and billets--specifications; Steel billets--specifications; Steel forgings--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.20 (Steels of high quality); 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A314|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A314|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Billets and Bars for Forging|A314||
This specification covers stainless steel billets and bars for forging. The steel materials shall be annealed and conditioned by chipping or grinding. The steel specimens shall conform to the required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, nitrogen, and other elements.
|A314|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Billets and Bars for Forging|10.1520/A0314-08 49898|Active|A319|2006-10-01|71(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Elevated Temperatures for Non-Pressure Containing Parts|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers three classes of gray iron suitable for castings exposed to temperatures encountered in such service as grate bars, stoker links, stoker parts, oil still furnace parts, firebox parts, ingot molds, glass molds, caustic pots, and metal melting pots.
Note 1—This specification is general, covering cast irons normally used for the above types of service, at temperatures as high as 1400^oF (760^oC). It is not intended to imply that all three classes are suitable throughout this entire temperature range without regard to actual service stresses. Some are suitable for long service at the lower temperatures only, unless low stresses are involved.
1.2 The three classes of gray iron covered by this specification are as follows:
1.2.1 Class I, possessing superior resistance to thermal shock,
1.2.2 Class II, possessing average resistance to thermal shock and a moderately good tensile strength (tensile strengths above 30 000 psi (207 MPa) may be expected), and
1.2.3 Class III, possessing a higher tensile strength than either Classes I or II (tensile strengths as high as 40 000 psi (276 MPa) may be expected).
1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.
|chemical composition; elevated temperature; gray iron; iron castings; non-pressure containing; tensile strength; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A319|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A04.01|01.02|||MP4|||||A319|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Elevated Temperatures for Non-Pressure Containing Parts|A319||
This specification covers gray iron castings exposed to elevated temperatures for non-pressure containing parts such as grate bars, stoker links, stoker parts, oil still furnace parts, firebox parts, ingot molds, glass molds, caustic pots, and metal melting pots. The three classes of gray iron covered here are: Class I, possessing superior thermal shock resistance; Class II, possessing average thermal shock resistance and moderately good tensile strength; and Class III, possessing a higher tensile strength than either Classes I or II. It is the intention of this specification to classify the irons in accordance with their carbon content equivalent, wherein the equation for its calculation is given herein.
|A319|Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Elevated Temperatures...|10.1520/A0319-71R06 60761|Active|A320/A320M|2008-03-15|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for Low-Temperature Service|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers alloy steel bolting materials for pressure vessels, valves, flanges, and fittings for low-temperature service. The term “bolting material” as used in this specification covers rolled, forged, or strain hardened bars, bolts, screws, studs, and stud bolts. The bars shall be hot-wrought. The material may be further processed by centerless grinding or by cold drawing. Austenitic stainless steel may be solution annealed or annealed and strain-hardened. When strain hardened austenitic stainless steel is ordered, the purchaser should take special care to ensure that Appendix X1 is thoroughly understood.

1.2 Several grades are covered, including both ferritic and austenitic steels designated L7, B8, etc. Selection will depend on design, service conditions, mechanical properties, and low-temperature characteristics. The mechanical requirements of Table 1 indicate the diameters for which the minimum mechanical properties apply to the various grades and classes, and Table 2 stipulates the requirements for Charpy impact energy absorption. The manufacturer should determine that the material can conform to these requirements before parts are manufactured. For example, when Grade L43 is specified to meet the Table 2 impact energy values at −150 °F [−101 °C], additional restrictions (such as procuring a steel with lower P and S contents than might normally be supplied) in the chemical composition for AISI 4340 are likely to be required.
Note 1—The committee formulating this specification has included several grades of material that have been rather extensively used for the present purpose. Other compositions will be considered for inclusion by the committee from time to time as the need becomes apparent. Users should note that hardenability of some of the grades mentioned may restrict the maximum size at which the required mechanical properties are obtainable.

1.3 Nuts for use with this bolting material are covered in Section 10 and the nut material shall be impact tested.

1.4 Supplementary Requirements (S1, S2, and S3) of an optional nature are provided. They shall apply only when specified in the inquiry, contract and order.

1.5 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard. Unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.

1.6 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|additional elements; austenitic stainless steel; bolts—steel; chromium-molybdenum steel; fasteners—steel; markings on fittings; nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloy steel; pressure vessel service; stainless steel bolting material; starting material; steel bars—alloy; steel bolting material; steel flanges; steel valves; temperature service applications—low; Alloy steel bars--specifications; Alloy steel bolting materials--specifications; Austenitic steel--specifications; Low-temperature service applications--steel; Stainless steel bolting materials--specifications; Steel fittings--specifications; Steel flanges--specifications; Steel valves--specifications; ICS Number Code 21.060.01 (Fasteners in general); 77.080.20 (Steels)||TRUE/A320|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N,CH|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A320A320M|Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for Low-Temperature Service|A320||
This specification covers alloy steel bolting materials for pressure vessels, valves, flanges, and fittings for low-temperature service. Each alloy shall conform to the prescribed chemical composition requirements. The material, as represented by the tension specimens, shall conform to the requirements as to tensile properties such as tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and hardness. The material shall meet the prescribed impact energy absorption requirements and the recommended test temperature. Mechanical tests shall be conducted on the material, namely: impact testing, tension testing, and hardness testing.
|A320|Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting...|10.1520/A0320_A0320M-08 54086|Active|A322|2007-05-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Alloy, Standard Grades|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers hot-wrought alloy steel bars. Bar applications include forging, heat treating, cold drawing, machining and many structural components (Note 1). Note 1 - A guide for the selection of steel bars is contained in Practice A 400.
1.2 The bars shall be furnished in the grades specified in Table 1. Sections and sizes of bar steel available are covered in Specification A 29/A 29M. Hot-wrought alloy steel bars are produced in cut lengths and coils; the manufacturer should be consulted regarding sections and sizes available in coils, produced to a chemical composition.
1.3 Some applications may require superior surface quality, or special chemical restrictions, metallurgical characteristics, heat treatment, or surface finishes which the purchaser may obtain by designating one or more of the available Supplementary Requirements.
|alloy steel bars; hot-wrought steel bars; steel bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A322|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A322|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Alloy, Standard Grades|A322||
This specification covers hot-wrought alloy steel bars. The steel shall be made by one or more of the following primary processes: open-hearth, basic-oxygen, or electric-furnace. The primary melting may incorporate separate degassing or refining and may be followed by secondary melting using electro-slag remelting or vacuum arc remelting. Where secondary remelting is employed, the heat shall be defined as all of the cast product remelted from a single primary heat. The steel shall be furnished as strand cast or ingot cast. Immediately after hot forming, the bars shall be allowed to cool to a temperature below the critical range under suitable conditions to prevent imperfections caused by too rapid cooling. The bars shall be free of pipe, cracks, and flakes. Within the limits of good manufacturing and inspection practices, the bars shall be free of injurious seams, laps, segregation, or other imperfections which are due to their nature, degree, or extent, will interfere with the use of the material in machining or fabrication of suitable parts.
|A322|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Alloy, Standard Grades|10.1520/A0322-07 40451|Active|A323|2005-05-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Ferroboron|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers several grades of ferroboron.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. The SI units given in parentheses are for information only.
|ferroboron; ICS Number Code 77.100 (Ferroalloys)||TRUE/A323|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A323|Standard Specification for Ferroboron|A323||
This specification covers several grades of ferroboron. The grades shall conform to the required chemical composition for boron, carbon, silicon, and aluminum. Various sizes of ferroboron are detailed. Chemical analysis of the material shall be made.
|A323|Standard Specification for Ferroboron|10.1520/A0323-05 60282|Active|A324|2008-03-01|08|Specification|Standard Specification for Ferrotitanium|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers four grades of ferrotitanium, designated A, B, C, and D.
|ferrotitanium; Ferrotitanium; Ferrous metals/alloys--specifications; Stainless steel alloying additives; Titanium alloying additives; ICS Number Code 77.100 (Ferroalloys)||TRUE/A324|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,N|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A324|Standard Specification for Ferrotitanium|A324||
This specification covers four grades of ferrotitanium designated as A,B,C and D. The grades which are available in different sizes shall conform to the required chemical composition for titanium, carbon, silicon, and aluminum and for supplementary elements such as manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, copper, cobalt, vanadium, lead, arsenic, bismuth, tin, zinc, zirconium, boron, and nitrogen.
|A324|Standard Specification for Ferrotitanium|10.1520/A0324-08 66523|Active|A325|2009-01-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers two types of quenched and tempered steel heavy hex structural bolts having a minimum tensile strength of 120 ksi for sizes 1.0 in. and less and 105 ksi for sizes over 1.0 to 1½ in., inclusive.

1.2 The bolts are intended for use in structural connections. These connections are covered under the requirements of the Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts, approved by the Research Council on Structural Connections, endorsed by the American Institute of Steel Construction and by the Industrial Fastener Institute.

1.3 The bolts are furnished in sizes ¹/₂ to 1½ in., inclusive. They are designated by type, denoting chemical composition as follows:

Type Description

Type 1 Medium carbon, carbon boron, or medium carbon alloy steel.

Type 2 Withdrawn in November 1991.

Type 3 Weathering steel.

Note 1—Bolts for general applications, including anchor bolts, are covered by Specification A 449. Also refer to Specification A 449 for quenched and tempered steel bolts and studs with diameters greater than 1½ in. but with similar mechanical properties.

1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. No other units of measurement are included in this standard.
Note 2—A complete metric companion to Specification A 325 has been developed—Specification A 325M; therefore, no metric equivalents are presented in this specification.

1.5 This specification is applicable to heavy hex structural bolts only. For bolts of other configurations and thread lengths with similar mechanical properties, see Specification A 449.

1.6 Terms used in this specification are defined in Terminology F 1789.

1.7 The following safety hazard caveat pertains only to the test methods portion, Section 10, of this specification: This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|bolts; carbon steel; steel; structural; weathering steel; Bolted construction materials/applications--specifications; High-strength structural steel--specifications; Steel bolting materials--specifications; Structural steel (SS) bolting materials--specifications ; ICS Number Code 21.060.10 (Bolts, screws, studs)||TRUE/A325|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N,CH|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A325|Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength|A325||
This specification covers the chemical, mechanical, and dimensional requirements for two types of heavy hex structural bolts made of quenched and tempered steel that are intended for use in structural connections. These bolts are designated by type, denoting chemical composition, as follows: Type 1—medium carbon, carbon boron, or medium carbon alloy steel; and Type 3—weathering steel. The steel bolts shall undergo heat and product analysis for chemical composition measurements. The bolts shall also undergo test that shall examine their conformance to specified properties such as dimensions and thread fit, surface discontinuities, coating weight and thickness, hardness, tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, reduction of area, proof load, and rotational capacity.
|A325|Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105...|10.1520/A0325-09 66547|Active|A325M|2009-01-01|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 830 MPa Minimum Tensile Strength [Metric]|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers two types of quenched and tempered, steel, metric heavy hex structural bolts having a minimum tensile strength of 830 MPa (Note 1).

1.2 The bolts are intended for use in structural connections. These connections are comparable to those covered under the requirements of the Specification for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 bolts, approved by the Research Council on Structural Connections; endorsed by the American Institute of Steel Construction and by the Industrial Fastener Institute.

1.3 The bolts are furnished in sizes M12 to M36 inclusive. They are designated by type denoting chemical composition as follows:

1.3.1 Type 1—Medium-carbon, carbon boron, medium carbon alloy, or alloy boron steel.

1.3.2 Type 2—Withdrawn in 2003.

1.3.3 Type 3—Weathering Steel.

1.4 This specification is applicable to metric heavy hex, structural bolts only.

1.5 Terms used in this specification are defined in Terminology F 1789.

1.6 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as standard. No other units of measurement are included in this standard.
Note 1—This specification is the metric companion to the inch pound Specification A 325.

1.7 The following safety hazard caveat pertains only to the test methods portion, Section 10, of this specification. This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|alloy steel; bolts; carbon steel; metric; steel; structural; weathering steel ^DOI: ^INDEX TERMS: Bolted construction materials/applications--specifications; High-strength structural steel--specifications; Steel bolting materials--specifications; Structural steel (SS) bolting materials--specifications; ICS Number Code 21.060.10 (Bolts, screws, studs)||TRUE/A325M|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A325M|Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 830 MPa Minimum Tensile Strength [Metric]|A325M||
This specification covers two types of quenched and tempered, steel, metric heavy hex structural bolts. The bolts are intended for use in structural connections. The bolts are furnished in sizes M12 to M36 inclusive. They are designated by type denoting chemical composition as follows: Type 1—Medium-carbon, carbon boron, medium carbon alloy, or alloy boron steel; and Type 3—Weathering Steel. Materials shall be tested and the individual grades shall conform to specified values of heat treatment, threading, hot-dip and mechanically coated zinc coatings, lubrication, secondary processing, chemical composition, mechanical properties such as hardness, tensile properties, and rotational capacity.
|A325M|Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 830 MPa...|10.1520/A0325M-09 45234|Active|A327|2006-02-01|91(2006)|Test Method|Standard Test Methods for Impact Testing of Cast Irons|4|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 These test methods for impact testing cover the details of apparatus, test specimens and procedures for cast iron, including gray iron, white iron, malleable iron, ductile iron, and austempered ductile iron, but not including chilled rolls or rolls with white iron skins.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard. A companion standard, A 327M, lists values in SI units.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
1.3 The Charpy-type impact test shall be employed for testing gray and white irons.
1.4 Either the standard notched or unnotched Charpy impact test shall be employed in testing of malleable or ductile irons. Selection of the type bar is dependent upon the specific material to be evaluated as defined in Section .
1.5 Both types of charpy bars have been designated to characterize the fracture toughness of irons. The unnotched Charpy bar, when tested, will produce substantially higher energy values than the notch bar type. The unnotched bar is therefore specified for testing irons that have low fracture toughness characteristics.
|ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A327|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A04.21|01.02|||MP4|||||A327|Standard Test Methods for Impact Testing of Cast Irons|A327||
This test method for impact testing covers the details of apparatus, test specimens and procedures for cast iron, including gray iron, white iron, malleable iron, ductile iron, and austempered ductile iron, but not including chilled rolls or rolls with white iron skins. The gray and white irons shall be subjected to round bar, single-blow Charpy impact test using a pendulum-type impact machine. Characterization of the fracture toughness of any cast iron should be based upon testing at least three specimens. Either the standard notched or unnotched Charpy impact test shall be employed in testing of malleable or ductile irons. Both types of charpy bars have been designated to characterize the fracture toughness of irons.
|A327|Standard Test Methods for Impact Testing of Cast Irons|10.1520/A0327-91R06 45235|Active|A327M|2006-02-01|91(2006)|Test Method|Standard Test Methods for Impact Testing of Cast Irons (Metric)|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 These test methods for impact testing cover the details of apparatus, test specimens and procedures for cast iron, including gray iron, white iron, malleable iron, ductile iron, and austempered ductile iron, but not including chilled rolls or rolls with white iron skins.
1.2 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as the standard. A companion standard, A 327, lists values in inch-pound units.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
1.3 The Charpy-type impact test shall be employed for testing gray and white irons.
1.4 Either the standard notched or unnotched charpy impact test shall be employed in testing of malleable or ductile irons. Selection of the type bar is dependent upon the specific material to be evaluated as defined in Section .
1.5 Both types of charpy bars have been designated to characterize the fracture toughness of irons. The unnotched charpy bar, when tested, will produce substantially higher energy values than the notch bar type. The unnotched bar is therefore specified for testing irons that have low fracture toughness characteristics.
|ICS Number Code 77.040.10 (Mechanical testing of metals)||TRUE/A327M|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A04.21|01.02|||MP4|||||A327M|Standard Test Methods for Impact Testing of Cast Irons (Metric)|A327M||
This guide covers standard specification for the details of impact testing apparatus, test specimens, and procedures for cast iron, including gray iron, white iron, malleable iron, ductile iron, and austempered ductile iron, but not including chilled rolls or rolls with white iron skins. The Charpy-type impact test shall be employed for testing gray and white irons. The single-blow Charpy impact test for gray and white irons shall be carried out in a pendulum-type impact machine. The test specimens shall have a plain cylindrical form, machined or ground to a smooth finish and shall conform to the specified values of diameter, length, and span. The standard notch Charpy bar impact test specimen shall be employed. Characterization of the fracture toughness of any cast iron should be based upon testing three specimens.
|A327M|Standard Test Methods for Impact Testing of Cast Irons (Metric)|10.1520/A0327M-91R06 52505|Active|A328/A328M|2007-03-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Piling|2|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers carbon steel sheet piling of structural quality for use in the construction of dock walls, sea walls, cofferdams, excavations, and like applications (see Specification A 572/A 572M).
1.2 When the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed that a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service will be utilized. See Appendix X3 of Specification A 6/A 6M for information on weldability.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.
1.4 For sheet piling produced from coil and furnished without heat treatment or with stress relieving only, the additional requirements, including additional testing requirements and the reporting of additional test results, of Specification A 6/A 6M apply.
|carbon; cofferdams; dock walls; excavations; sea walls; sheet piling; steel; structural steel; ICS Number Code 77.140.70 (Steel profiles)||TRUE/A328|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D|||||A01.02|01.04|||MP7|||||A328A328M|Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Piling|A328||
This specification covers carbon steel sheet piling of structural quality for use in the construction of dock walls, sea walls, cofferdams, excavations, and similar applications. When the steel is to be welded, it is presupposed that a welding procedure suitable for the grade of steel and intended use or service will be utilized. The steel may be made by any process that produces material meeting the requirements set forth in this specification. Heat or product analysis of the steel shall conform to the chemical requirements prescribed for phosphorus, sulfur, and copper. The tensile test requirements include: tensile strength, yield point, and elongation.
|A328|Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Piling|10.1520/A0328_A0328M-07 39859|Active|A333/A333M|2005-03-01|05|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature Service|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers nominal (average) wall seamless and welded carbon and alloy steel pipe intended for use at low temperatures. Several grades of ferritic steel are included as listed in Table 1. Some product sizes may not be available under this specification because heavier wall thicknesses have an adverse affect on low-temperature impact properties.
1.2 Supplementary Requirement S1 of an optional nature is provided. This shall apply only when specified by the purchaser.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
Note 1—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size."
|low; low temperature service; seamless steel pipe; stainless steel pipe; steel pipe; temperature service applications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A333|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A333A333M|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature Service|A333||
This specification covers wall seamless and welded carbon and alloy steel pipe intended for use at low temperatures. The pipe shall be made by the seamless or welding process with the addition of no filler metal in the welding operation. All seamless and welded pipes shall be treated to control their microstructure. Tensile tests, impact tests, hydrostatic tests, and nondestructive electric tests shall be made in accordance to specified requirements.
|A333|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for...|10.1520/A0333_A0333M-05 34616|Active|A334/A334M|2004-05-01|04a|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Carbon and Alloy-Steel Tubes for Low-Temperature Service|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers several grades of minimum-wall-thickness, seamless and welded, carbon and alloy-steel tubes intended for use at low temperatures. Some product sizes may not be available under this specification because heavier wall thicknesses have an adverse affect on low-temperature impact properties.
1.2 Supplementary Requirement S1 of an optional nature is provided. This shall apply only when specified by the purchaser.
Note 1—For tubing smaller than 1/2 in. [12.7 mm] in outside diameter, the elongation values given for strip specimens in Table 1 shall apply. Mechanical property requirements do not apply to tubing smaller than 1/8 in. [3.2 mm] in outside diameter and with a wall thickness under 0.015 in. [0.4 mm].
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|seamless carbon; welded carbon; alloy-steel tubes; low-temperature service||TRUE/A334|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A334A334M|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Carbon and Alloy-Steel Tubes for Low-Temperature Service|A334||
This specification covers standard specification for several grades of minimum-wall-thickness, seamless and welded, carbon and alloy-steel tubes intended for use at low temperatures. The steel shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, copper, cobalt, and molybdenum. The number of tubes in a heat-treatment lot shall be determined from the size of the tubes. The tubes shall have a hardness number that does not exceed the prescribed Rockwell and Brinell hardness values. Several grades of steel shall conform to the following tensile properties: tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. For Grades 1, 3, 6, 7, and 9, the notch-bar impact properties of each set of three impact specimens, including specimens for the welded joint in welded pipe, shall not be less than the prescribed values. Several mechanical tests shall be conducted, namely: flattening test; flare test (seamless tubes); flange test (welded tubes); reverse flattening test; hardness test; and impact tests. Hydrostatic or nondestructive electric test shall also be performed. Materials shall be tested for impact resistance at the prescribed temperature for the respective grades. Impact temperature reduction values shall be by any amount equal to the difference between the temperature reduction corresponding to the actual material thickness and the temperature reduction corresponding to Charpy specimen width actually tested.
|A334|Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Carbon and Alloy-Steel...|10.1520/A0334_A0334M-04A 47307|Active|A335/A335M|2006-05-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic Alloy-Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service|10|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers nominal wall and minimum wall seamless ferritic alloy-steel pipe intended for high-temperature service. Pipe ordered to this specification shall be suitable for bending, flanging (vanstoning), and similar forming operations, and for fusion welding. Selection will depend upon design, service conditions, mechanical properties, and high-temperature characteristics.
1.2 Several grades of ferritic steels (see Note 1) are covered. Their compositions are given in Table 1.
Note 1—Ferritic steels in this specification are defined as low- and intermediate-alloy steels containing up to and including 10 % chromium.
1.3 Supplementary requirements (S1 to S7) of an optional nature are provided. These supplementary requirements call for additional tests to be made, and when desired, shall be so stated in the order together with the number of such tests required.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
Note 2—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size."
|alloy steel pipe; high temperature service; seamless steel pipe; steel pipe; temperature service applications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A335|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A335A335M|Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic Alloy-Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service|A335||
This specification covers seamless ferritic alloy-steel pipe for high-temperature service. The pipe shall be suitable for bending, flanging (vanstoning), and similar forming operations, and for fusion welding. Grade P2 and P12 steel pipes shall be made by coarse-grain melting practice. The steel material shall conform to chemical composition, tensile property, and hardness requirements. Each length of pipe shall be subjected to the hydrostatic test. Also, each pipe shall be examined by a non-destructive examination method in accordance to the required practices. The range of pipe sizes that may be examined by each method shall be subjected to the limitations in the scope of the respective practices. The different mechanical test requirements for pipes, namely, transverse or longitudinal tension test, flattening test, and hardness or bend test are presented.
|A335|Standard Specification for Seamless Ferritic Alloy-Steel Pipe for...|10.1520/A0335_A0335M-06 67861|Active|A336/A336M|2009-02-15|09|Specification|Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Forgings for Pressure and High-Temperature Parts|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers ferritic steel forgings for boilers, pressure vessels, high-temperature parts, and associated equipment.

1.2 Forgings made of steel grades listed in Specification A 335/A 335M, may also be ordered under this specification. The chemical, tensile, heat treatment, and marking requirements of Specification A 335/A 335M shall apply, except the forging shall conform to the chemical requirements of Tables 1 and 2 of Specification A 335/A 335M only with respect to heat analysis. On product analysis they may deviate from these limits to the extent permitted in Table 1 of this specification.

1.3 Supplementary Requirements S1 to S9 are provided for use when additional testing or inspection is desired. These shall apply only when specified individually by the purchaser in the order.

1.4 Unless the order specifies the applicable “M” specification designation, the material shall be furnished to the inch-pound units.

1.5 Specification A 336/A 336M formerly included austenitic steel forgings, which are now found in Specification A 965/A 965M.

1.6 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard.

TABLE 1 Tensile Requirements

Ferritic Steels

Grade

F1 F11,
Class 2 F11,
Class 3 F11,
Class 1 F12 F5 F5A F9 F6 F6NM F21,
Class 3 F21,
Class 1 F22,
Class 3 F22,
Class 1 F91 F911 F3V F3VCb F22V

Tensile
strength,
ksi [MPA] 70-
95
[485-
660] 70-
95
[485-
660] 75-
100
[515-
690] 60-
85
[415-
585] 70-
95
[485-
660] 60-
85
[415-
585] 80-
105
[550-
725] 85-
110
[585-
760] 85-
110
[585-
760] 115-
140
[790-
965] 75-
100
[515-
690] 60-
85
[415-
585] 75-
100
[515-
690] 60-
85
[415-
585] 85-
110
[585-
760] 90-
120
[620-
830] 85-
110
[585-
760] 85-
110
[585-
760] 85-
110
[585-
760]

Yield strength,
min, ksi [MPa] 40
[275] 40
[275] 45
[310] 30
[205] 40
[275] 36
[250] 50
[345] 55
[380] 55
[380] 90
[620] 45
[310] 30
[205] 45
[310] 30
[205] 60
[415] 64
[440] 60
[415] 60
[415] 60
[415]

Elongation in
2 in. or
50 mm, min, % 20 20 18 20 20 20 19 20 18 15 19 20 19 20 20 20 18 18 18

Reduction
of area,
min, % 40 40 40 45 40 40 35 40 35 45 40 45 40 45 40 40 45 45 45
|chromium alloy steel; chromium-molybdenum steel; martensitic stainless steel; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel service; steel forgings—alloy; temperature service applications—high; Chromium-molybdenum steel--specifications; Ferritic steel forgings--specifications; High-temperature service applications--steel forgings; Pressure-containing parts; Pressure vessel steel forgings--specifications; Seamless drums/heads; Stainless steel forgings--specifications; Steel forgings--specifications; Superheater tubes--specifications; Alloy steel forgings--specifications; Austenitic stainless steel forgings--specifications; Boiler/superheater tubes--specifications; Chromium alloy steel--specifications; ICS Number Code 77.140.85 (Iron and steel forgings)||TRUE/A336|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.06|01.05|||MP7|||||A336A336M|Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Forgings for Pressure and High-Temperature Parts|A336||
This specification deals with ferritic alloy steel forgings for high-pressure and high-temperature parts, such as boilers, pressure vessels, and associated equipment. The steel grades covered here include the following: Grade F1; Grade F11, Classes 1, 2, and 3; Grade F12; Grade F5; Grade F5A; Grade F9; Grade F6; Grades F21 and F22, Classes 1 and 3; Grade F91, Grade F3V; and Grade F22V. Other steel grades may also be treated under this specification. Alloy steels shall be melted, forged, and rough machined at stipulated conditions. Except as permitted for Grade F22V, steel forgings shall be annealed or normalized and tempered, but may alternatively be liquid quenched and tempered as well. Impact and Charpy V-notch tests shall be performed wherein specimens shall conform to specified mechanical requirements such as notch toughness, tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and reduction of area. Materials shall also undergo heat and product analyses and conform to specified chemical requirements.
|A336|Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Forgings for Pressure and...|10.1520/A0336_A0336M-09 70911|Active|A338|2009-05-01|84(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Malleable Iron Flanges, Pipe Fittings, and Valve Parts for Railroad, Marine, and Other Heavy Duty Service at Temperatures Up to 650°F (345°C)|2|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers malleable iron flanges, pipe fittings, and valve parts, including parts to be assembled for use in railroad, marine, and other heavy duty service applications where fittings furnished in accordance with American National Standard for Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 150 and 300 (ANSI B16.3) are not considered adequate.

1.2 Service shall include up to 650°F (345°C).

1.3 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|flanges; heavy duty service; malleable iron; marine service; pipe fittings; railroad service; valve parts; Iron pipe/fittings--specifications; Malleable iron castings--specifications; Valves; ICS Number Code 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A338|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A04.02|01.02|||MP4|||||A338|Standard Specification for Malleable Iron Flanges, Pipe Fittings, and Valve Parts for Railroad, Marine, and Other Heavy Duty Service at Temperatures Up to 650°F (345°C)|A338||
This specification covers malleable iron flanges, pipe fittings, and valve parts, including parts to be assembled for use in railroad, marine, and other heavy duty service applications. The sizes, shapes, and dimensions of the fittings shall conform to the requirements specified. The iron shall be produced under constant control of chemical composition and physical properties. Records of the chemical composition of the iron and of the physical properties of the test specimens shall be systematically made and maintained.
|A338|Standard Specification for Malleable Iron Flanges, Pipe Fittings, and...|10.1520/A0338-84R09 28196|Active|A340|2003-06-10|03a|Terminology|Standard Terminology of Symbols and Definitions Relating to Magnetic Testing|16|43.00|43.00|51.60|||magnetic properties; magnetic testing; terminology; ICS Number Code 29.030 (Magnetic materials)||TRUE/A340|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,N|||||A06.92|03.04|||MP2|||||A340|Standard Terminology of Symbols and Definitions Relating to Magnetic Testing|A340|||A340|Standard Terminology of Symbols and Definitions Relating to Magnetic...|10.1520/A0340-03A 66194|Active|A341/A341M|2005-11-01|00(2005)e1|Test Method|Standard Test Method for Direct Current Magnetic Properties of Materials Using D-C Permeameters and the Ballistic Test Methods|13|43.00|43.00|51.60||
1.1 This test method provides dc permeameter tests for the basic magnetic properties of materials in the form of bars, rods, wire, or strip specimens which may be cut, machined, or ground from cast, compacted, sintered, forged, extruded, rolled, or other fabricated materials. It includes tests for determination of the normal induction under symmetrically cyclically magnetized (SCM) conditions and the hysteresis loop (B-H loop) taken under conditions of rapidly changing or steep wavefront reversals of the direct current magnetic field strength.

1.2 This test method shall be used in conjunction with Practice A 34/A 34M.

1.3 This test method covers a range of magnetic field strength in the specimen from about 0.05 Oe [4 A/m] up to above 5000 Oe [400 kA/M] through the use of several permeameters. The separate permeameters cover this test region in several overlapping ranges.

1.4 Normal induction and hysteresis properties may be determined over the flux density range from essentially zero to intrinsic saturation for most materials.

1.5 Recommendations of the useful magnetic field strength range for each of the permeameters are shown in Table 1 . Also, see Sections 3 and 4 for general limitations relative to the use of permeameters.

1.6 The symbols and abbreviated definitions used in this test method appear with Fig. 1 and in appropriate sections of this document. For the official definitions, see Terminology A 340. Note that the term flux density used in this document is synonymous with the term magnetic induction.

1.7 Warning—Mercury has been designated by EPA and many state agencies as a hazardous material that can cause central nervous system, kidney, and liver damage. Mercury, or its vapor, may be hazardous to health and corrosive to materials. Caution should be taken when handling mercury and mercury-containing products. See the applicable product Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for details and EPA’s website (http://www.epa.gov/mercury/faq.htm) for additional information. Users should be aware that selling mercury or mercury-containing products, or both, in your state may be prohibited by state law.

1.8 The values and equations stated in customary cgs-emu and inch-pound or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within this standard, SI units are shown in brackets except for the sections concerning calculations where there are separate sections for the respective unit systems. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this standard.

1.9 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
TABLE 1 Permeameters

Permeameter Useful Magnetic Field Strength Range^A H Measuring
Device^B Reluctance
Compensation Magnetizing Coil
Surrounds
Specimen References

Oe kA/m

Babbit 40/1000 3.2/80 I, HC yes yes (1,2)

Burroughs 0.1/300 0.008/24 I yes yes (1,3,4,5)

Fahy Simplex^C 0.1/300 0.008/24 HC no no (1,4,5,6,7)

Fahy Simplex
Super H adapter^C 100/2500 8/200 HC no no (1,3)

Full range 0.05/1400 0.004/112 HC yes yes (1,8)

High H 100/5000 8/400 FC yes no (1,5,7,9)

Iliovici 0.5/500 0.04/400 I, HC yes yes (4,10,11)

IEC Type A 0.1/2500 0.008/200 HC, HP no yes IEC 60404-4

IEC Type B 0.1/630 0.008/50 RCC no no IEC 60404-4

Isthmus 100/20 000+ 8/1600+ HC, HP no no (1,4,12,13)

MH 0.1/300 0.008/24 FC yes yes (1,6,14)

NPL 0.5/2500 0.04/200 I, HC yes yes (15)

Saturation 100/4000 8/320 HC no yes (5,16,17)
^A Although the permeameters are capable of being used at the lower end of the measurement range, the measurement accuracy is reduced.

^B I—magnetizing current; HC—fixed H coil; FC—flip coil; HP—Hall probe; RCC—Rogowski-Chattock coil.

^C Fahy permeameters require a standard of known magnetic properties for calibration of the H coil.

Note—
A₁—Multirange ammeter (main current)
A₂—Multirange ammeter (hysteresis current)
B—Flux density test position for Switch S₃
F—Electronic Integrator
H—Magnetic field strength test position for Switch S₃
N₁—Magnetizing coil
N₂—Flux sensing (B) coil
N₃—Magnetic field strength sensing coil
R₁—Main current control rheostat
R₂—Hysteresis current control rheostat
S₁—Reversing switch for magnetizing current
S₂—Shunting switch for hysteresis current control rheostat
S₃—Integrator selector switch
SP—Specimen
FIG. 1 Basic Circuit Using Permeameter
|coercive force; induction; magnetic field strength; magnetic test; permeability; permeameter; residual induction; Ballistic test; Coercive force; D-c magnetic properties; Direct-current ballistic methods; Direct-current permeability; Hysteresis effects; Induction; Permeameters (direct-current); ICS Number Code 29.030 (Magnetic materials)||TRUE/A341|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A06.01|03.04|||MP2|||||A341A341M|Standard Test Method for Direct Current Magnetic Properties of Materials Using D-C Permeameters and the Ballistic Test Methods|A341|
Permeameters require the use of yokes to complete the magnetic circuit and are therefore inherently less accurate than ring test methods. Refer to Test Method A 596/A 596M for further details on ring test methods. However, when testing certain shapes as bars or when magnetic field strength in excess of 200 Oe [15.9 or more kA/m] are required, permeameters are the only practical means of measuring magnetic properties.

This test method is suitable for specification acceptance, service evaluation, research and development and design.

When the test specimen is fabricated from a larger sample and is in the same condition as the larger sample, it may not exhibit magnetic properties representative of the original sample. In such instances the test results, when viewed in context of past performance history, will be useful for judging the suitability of the material for the intended application.
||A341|Standard Test Method for Direct Current Magnetic Properties of Materials...|10.1520/A0341_A0341M-00R05E01 36586|Active|A342/A342M|2004-10-01|04|Test Method|Standard Test Methods for Permeability of Feebly Magnetic Materials|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 These test methods cover three procedures for determination of the permeability [relative permeability] of materials having a permeability not exceeding 4.0.

1.2 The test methods covered are as follows:

1.2.1 Test Method 1 is suitable for materials with permeabilities between 1.0 and 4.0.

1.2.2 Test Method 2 is suitable for measuring the permeability of paramagnetic materials having a permeability less than 1.05.

1.2.3 Test Method 3 is a suitable means of measuring the permeability of a material as "less than" or "greater than" that of calibrated standard inserts designated for use in a Low-Mu Permeability Indicator.

1.3 The values stated in either customary (absolute (or practical) cgs-emu and inch-pound) units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within this test method, the SI units are shown in brackets except for the sections concerning calculations where there are separate sections for the respective unit systems. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this specification.

1.4 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|paramagnetic; permeability; permeameter; ICS Number Code 29.030 (Magnetic materials)||TRUE/A342|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D|||||A06.01|03.04|||MP2|||||A342A342M|Standard Test Methods for Permeability of Feebly Magnetic Materials|A342|
This test method is suitable for specification acceptance, design purposes, service evaluation, regulatory statutes, manufacturing control, and research and development.

Because of the restrictions on the specimen shape and size, this test method is most often used to evaluate semifinished product before fabrication of parts.
||A342|Standard Test Methods for Permeability of Feebly Magnetic Materials|10.1520/A0342_A0342M-04 62081|Active|A343/A343M|2008-05-01|03(2008)|Test Method|Standard Test Method for Alternating-Current Magnetic Properties of Materials at Power Frequencies Using Wattmeter-Ammeter-Voltmeter Method and 25-cm Epstein Test Frame|16|43.00|43.00|||
1.1 This test method covers tests for the magnetic properties of basic flat-rolled magnetic materials at power frequencies (25 to 400 Hz) using a 25-cm Epstein test frame and the 25-cm double-lap-jointed core. It covers the determination of core loss, rms exciting power, rms and peak exciting current, and several types of ac permeability and related properties of flat-rolled magnetic materials under ac magnetization.

1.2 This test method shall be used in conjunction with Practice A 34/A 34M.

1.3 This test method provides a test for core loss and exciting current at moderate and high magnetic flux densities up to 15 kG [1.5 T] on nonoriented electrical steels and up to 18 kG [1.8 T] on grain-oriented electrical steels.

1.4 The frequency range of this test method is normally that of the commercial power frequencies 50 to 60 Hz. With proper instrumentation, it is also acceptable for measurements at other frequencies from 25 to 400 Hz.

1.5 This test method also provides procedures for calculating ac impedance permeability from measured values of rms exciting current and for ac peak permeability from measured peak values of total exciting currents at magnetic field strengths up to about 150 Oe [12 000 A/m].

1.6 Explanation of symbols and abbreviated definitions appear in the text of this test method. The official symbols and definitions are listed in Terminology A 340.

1.7 The values stated in either SI units or inch-pound units are to be regarded separately as standard. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in non-conformance with the standard. Within this standard, SI units are shown in brackets except in the sections concerning calculations where there are separate sections for the respective unit systems.

1.8 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|alternating-current; ammeter; core loss; customary units; Epstein; exciting power; magnetic; magnetic flux density; magnetic material; magnetic test; permeability; power frequency; voltmeter; wattmeter; A-C (alternating-current) magnetic properties; Alternating-current permeability; Commercial power frequencies; Core loss--alternating-current; Current measurement--alternating-current; Electrical steel (non-oriented); Electrical steel (oriented); Epstein test frame; Exciting current--alternating-current; Nonoriented electrical steel; Oriented electrical steel; Peak exciting current--alternating-current magnetic properties; Wattmeter-ammeter-voltmeter method--magnetic properties; ICS Number Code 17.220.20 (Measurement of electrical and magnetic quantities)||TRUE/A343|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A06.01|03.04|||MP2|||||A343A343M|Standard Test Method for Alternating-Current Magnetic Properties of Materials at Power Frequencies Using Wattmeter-Ammeter-Voltmeter Method and 25-cm Epstein Test Frame|A343|
This test method is a fundamental method for evaluating the magnetic performance of flat-rolled magnetic materials in either as-sheared or stress-relief annealed condition.

This test method is suitable for design, specification acceptance, service evaluation, and research and development.
||A343|Standard Test Method for Alternating-Current Magnetic Properties of...|10.1520/A0343_A0343M-03R08 37232|Active|A345|2004-11-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Flat-Rolled Electrical Steels for Magnetic Applications|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers general procedures for specifying requirements in the procurement and delivery of flat-rolled electrical steels for magnetic applications. When an applicable individual specification does not exist, this specification enables the user to order a suitable material to be supplied under controlled conditions with respect to magnetic quality, sampling, testing, packaging, and so forth, by specifying certain requirements on the purchase order and citing this specification.
1.2 Individual specifications that are in conformity with this specification are Specifications A 677/A 677M, A 683/A 683M, A 726, A 840, and A 876.
Note 1
For more information on procedures associated with this specification, refer to the following: Test Methods A 341/A 341M, A 343/A 343M, A 348/A 348M, A 596/A 596M, A 712, A 719/A 719M, A 720/A 720M, A 721/A 721M, A 773/A 773M, A 804/A 804M, A 889/A 889M, A 937/A 937M, A 971, and Practice A 664.
1.3 The following safety hazards caveat pertains only to the test methods portion, Section 13, of this specification. This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|electrical steel; fully processed; grain-oriented electrical steel; identification; magnetic lamination steel; nonoriented electrical steel; semiprocessed; ICS Number Code 77.140.50 (Flat steel products and semi-products)||TRUE/A345|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A06.02|03.04|||MP2|||||A345|Standard Specification for Flat-Rolled Electrical Steels for Magnetic Applications|A345||
This specification concerns general procedures for specifying requirements of flat-rolled electrical steels for magnetic applications. This specification is to be used when the material in question is not covered by an ASTM material specification. The specification does not contain requirements but instead lists physical properties, ordering information and other attributes that should be considered when purchasing the material. All ASTM electrical steel specifications are in conformity to this specification.
|A345|Standard Specification for Flat-Rolled Electrical Steels for Magnetic...|10.1520/A0345-04 44135|Active|A348/A348M|2005-11-01|05|Test Method|Standard Test Method for Alternating Current Magnetic Properties of Materials Using the Wattmeter-Ammeter-Voltmeter Method, 100 to 10 000 Hz and 25-cm Epstein Frame|10|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This test method covers the determination of the magnetic properties of flat-rolled magnetic materials using Epstein test specimens with double-lap joints in the 25-cm Epstein frame. It covers determination of core loss, rms and peak exciting current, exciting power, magnetic field strength, and permeability. This test method is commonly used to test grain-oriented and nonoriented electrical steels but may also be used to test nickel-iron, cobalt-iron, and other flat-rolled magnetic materials.
1.2 This test method shall be used in conjunction with Practice A 34/A 34M and Test Method A 343/A 343M.
1.3 Tests under this test method may be conducted with either normal ac magnetization or with ac magnetization and superimposed dc bias (incremental magnetization).
1.4 In general, this test method has the following limitations:
1.4.1 FrequencyThe range of this test method normally covers frequencies from 100 to 10 000 Hz. With proper equipment, the test method may be extended above 10 000 Hz. When tests are limited to the use of power sources having frequencies below 100 Hz, they shall use the procedures of Test Method A 343/A 343M.
1.4.2 Magnetic Flux Density(may also be referred to as Flux Density)-The range of magnetic flux density for this test method is governed by the test specimen properties and by the available instruments and other equipment components. Normally, for many materials, the magnetic flux density range is from 1 to 15 kG [0.1 to 1.5 T].
1.4.3 Core Loss and Exciting PowerThese measurements are normally limited to test conditions that do not cause a test specimen temperature rise in excess of 50C or exceed 100 W/lb [220 W/kg].
1.4.4 ExcitationEither rms or peak values of exciting current may be measured at any test point that does not exceed the equipment limitations provided that the impedance of the ammeter shunt is low and its insertion into the test circuit does not cause appreciably increased voltage waveform distortion at the test magnetic flux density.
1.4.5 Incremental PropertiesMeasurement of incremental properties shall be limited to combinations of ac and dc excitations that do not cause secondary voltage waveform distortion, as determined by the form factor method, to exceed a shift of 10 % away from sine wave conditions.
1.5 The values and equations stated in customary (cgs-emu and inch-pound) or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within this standard, SI units are shown in brackets except for the sections concerning calculations where there are separate sections for the respective unit systems. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with this standard.
This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|alternating-current; ammeter; core loss; customary units; Epstein; exciting power; flux voltage; form factor; incremental magnetization; induction; magnetic; magnetic material; magnetic test; permeability; voltmeter; wattmeter; ICS Number Code 29.030 (Magnetic materials)||TRUE/A348|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A06.01|03.04|||MP2|||||A348A348M|Standard Test Method for Alternating Current Magnetic Properties of Materials Using the Wattmeter-Ammeter-Voltmeter Method, 100 to 10 000 Hz and 25-cm Epstein Frame|A348|
This test method evaluates the performance of flat-rolled magnetic materials over a wide frequency range of ac excitation with and without incremental dc bias, as used on transformers, motors, and other laminated core devices.

This test method is suitable for design, specification acceptance, service evaluation, and research.

The application of test results obtained with this test method to the design or evaluation of a particular magnetic device must recognize the influence of the magnetic circuitry upon its performance. Some specific items to consider are size, shape, holes, welding, staking, bolting, bracketing, shorting between laminations, ac waveform, adjacent magnetic fields, and stress.
||A348|Standard Test Method for Alternating Current Magnetic Properties of...|10.1520/A0348_A0348M-05 58363|Active|A350/A350M|2007-11-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring Notch Toughness Testing for Piping Components|8|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers several grades of carbon and low-alloy steel forged or ring-rolled flanges, forged fittings and valves intended primarily for low-temperature service and requiring notch toughness testing. They are made to specified dimensions, or to dimensional standards, such as the ASME and API Specifications referenced in Section . Although this specification covers some piping components machined from rolled bar and seamless tubular materials (see ), it does not cover raw material produced in these product forms.
1.2 No limitation on size is intended beyond the ability of the manufacturer to obtain the specified requirements. However, Class 3 of Grade LF787 is only available in the quenched-and-precipitation heat treated condition.
1.3 Supplementary requirements are provided for use when additional testing or inspection is desired. These shall apply only when specified by the purchaser in the order.
1.4 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and in SI units. However, unless the order specifies the applicable "M" specification designation (SI units), the material shall be furnished to inch-pound units.
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. Note 1Refer to Test Methods and Definitions A 370 for notes on significance of notched-bar impact testing.
|carbon equivalent; pipe fittings, steel; piping applications; pressure containing parts; steel flanges; steel forgings, alloy; steel forgings, carbon; steel valves; temperature service applications, low; ICS Number Code 23.040.40 (Metal fittings)||TRUE/A350|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N,CH|||||A01.22|01.01|||MP7|||||A350A350M|Standard Specification for Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring Notch Toughness Testing for Piping Components|A350||
This specification covers several grades of carbon and low alloy steel forged or ring-rolled flanges, forged fittings and valves for low-temperature service. The steel specimens shall be melt processed using open-hearth, basic oxygen, electric furnace or vacuum-induction melting. A sufficient discard shall be made to secure freedom from injurious piping and undue segregation. The materials shall be forged and shall undergo heat treatment such as normalizing, tempering, quenching and precipitation heat treatment. Heat analysis and product analysis shall be performed wherein the steel materials shall conform to the required chemical compositions of carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, nickel, chromium, molybdenum, copper, columbium, vanadium, and nitrogen. The materials shall also undergo tension tests and shall conform to the required values of tensile strength, yield strength and elongation. Impact tests shall also be performed and the steel materials shall conform to the required values of minimum impact energy, temperature, and minimum equivalent absorbed energy. Hardness and hydrostatic tests shall also be performed.
|A350|Standard Specification for Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring...|10.1520/A0350_A0350M-07 45811|Active|A351/A351M|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers austenitic steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts (Note 0). Note 0Carbon steel castings for pressure-containing parts are covered by Specification A 216/A 216M, low-alloy steel castings by Specification A 217/A 217M, and duplex stainless steel castings by Specification A 995/A 995M.
1.2 A number of grades of austenitic steel castings are included in this specification. Since these grades possess varying degrees of suitability for service at high temperatures or in corrosive environments, it is the responsibility of the purchaser to determine which grade shall be furnished. Selection will depend on design and service conditions, mechanical properties, and high-temperature or corrosion-resistant characteristics, or both.
1.2.1 Because of thermal instability, Grades CE20N, CF3A, CF3MA, and CF8A are not recommended for service at temperatures above 800F [425C].
1.2.2 Because of embrittlement phases, Grade CD4MCu is not recommended for service at temperatures above 600F [316C].
1.3 Supplementary requirements of an optional nature are provided for use at the option of the purchaser. The Supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified individually by the purchaser in the purchase order or contract.
1.4 This specification is expressed in both inch-pound units and in SI units; however, unless the purchase order or contract specifies the applicable M specification designation (SI units), the inch-pound units shall apply. The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the standard.
|austenitic stainless steel; pressure containing parts; stainless steel; steel castings; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A351|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,CH|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A351A351M|Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts|A351||
This specification covers austenitic steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts. The steel shall be made by the electric furnace process with or without separate refining such as argon-oxygen decarburization. All castings shall receive heat treatment followed by quench in water or rapid cool by other means as noted. The steel shall conform to both chemical composition and tensile property requirements.
|A351|Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure-Containing...|10.1520/A0351_A0351M-06 45812|Active|A352/A352M|2006-03-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Ferritic and Martensitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for Low-Temperature Service|5|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts intended primarily for low-temperature service.
1.2 Several grades of ferritic steels and one grade of martensitic steel are covered. Selection of analysis will depend on design and service conditions (Note). The temperature shown is the lowest temperature at which the material ordinarily is required to meet the impact requirements of this specification (see Supplementary Requirement S22, Impact Test Temperatures). Users should note that hardenability of some of the grades mentioned may restrict the maximum size at which the required mechanical properties are obtainable (see ).This specification covers the low-temperature requirements particularly pertinent for ferritic and martensitic steels. Certain of the grades of austenitic steel castings furnished in accordance with Specification A 351/A 351M have been found suitable for low-temperature service down to 300F [184C] and others down to 425F [254C]. These grades may be used when impact tested in accordance with Specification A 352/A 352M with energy levels and temperatures of test mutually agreed upon between the purchaser and the manufacturer. As a guide to the selection of energy levels and testing temperatures, should be consulted.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. Inch-pound units are applicable for material ordered to Specification A 352 and SI units for material ordered to Specification A 352M.
|alloy steel; carbon steel; ferritic steel; low temperature applications; martensitic stainless steel; pressure containing parts; stainless steel; steel castings; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A352|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,D,N,CH|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A352A352M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Ferritic and Martensitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts, Suitable for Low-Temperature Service|A352||
This specification covers steel castings for valves, flanges, fittings, and other pressure-containing parts intended primarily for low-temperature service. Several grades of ferritic steels and one grade of martensitic steel are covered. All castings shall receive a heat treatment proper to their design and chemical composition. It should be recognized that liquid quenching of the ferritic grades is normally required to meet the mechanical properties of heavier sections. The steel shall conform to the requirements as to chemical composition specified. Tensile test and impact test shall be made to conform to the requirements specified.
|A352|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Ferritic and Martensitic, for...|10.1520/A0352_A0352M-06 36714|Active|A353/A353M|2004-10-01|04|Specification|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, 9 Percent Nickel, Double-Normalized and Tempered|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers 9 % nickel steel plates, double-normalized and tempered, intended particularly for welded pressure vessels for cryogenic service.
1.2 Plates produced under this specification are subject to impact testing at 320°F [195°C] or at such other temperatures as are agreed upon.
1.3 The maximum thickness of plates is limited only by the capacity of the material to meet the specific mechanical property requirements; however, current mill practice normally limits this material to 2 in. [50 mm] max.
1.4 This material is susceptible to magnetization. Use of magnets in handling after heat treatment should be avoided if residual magnetism would be detrimental to subsequent fabrication or service.
1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|alloy steel; alloy steel plate; pressure containing parts; pressure vessel steels; steel plates; steel plates for pressure vessel applications; ICS Number Code 77.140.30 (Steels for pressure purposes)||TRUE/A353|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.11|01.04|||MP7|||||A353A353M|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, 9 Percent Nickel, Double-Normalized and Tempered|A353||
This guide covers standard specification for nickel steel plates, double-normalized and tempered, intended particularly for welded pressure vessels for cryogenic service. The steel shall be killed and shall conform to the fine austenitic grain size requirement. All plates shall undergo heat and product analysis and shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, and nickel. Tensile properties of the steel plate shall meet the specified values for tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. The material shall undergo mechanical tests such as tension test and impact test.
|A353|Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel, 9 Percent...|10.1520/A0353_A0353M-04 58074|Active|A354|2007-12-01|07a|Specification|Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts, Studs, and Other Externally Threaded Fasteners|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers the chemical and mechanical requirements of quenched and tempered alloy steel bolts, studs, and other externally threaded fasteners 4 in. and under in diameter for application at normal atmospheric temperatures, where high strength is required and for limited application at elevated temperature (Note 1). Any alloy steel capable of meeting the minimum mechanical and chemical properties set forth in this specification may be used.
Note 1—For bolts, studs, or other externally threaded fasteners, to be used at elevated temperatures, refer to Specification A 193/A 193M.

1.2 Two levels of bolting strength are covered, designated Grades BC and BD. Selection will depend upon design and the stresses and service for which the product is to be used.
Note 2—Quenched and tempered alloy steel bolts for structural steel joints up through 1½ in. in diameter are covered in Specification A 490. Alloy steel bolts, studs, and other externally threaded fasteners (that is, heavy hex-structural bolts over 1½ in., hex bolts, anchor bolts, and countersunk bolts) exhibiting similar mechanical properties to bolts conforming to Specification A 490 shall be covered by Grade BD of this specification.
When bolts of Grade BD of this specification are considered for pretentioned applications in excess of 50 % of the bolt tensile strength, the additional requirements of head size, maximum tensile strength, nut size and strength, washer hardness, tests, and inspections contained in Specification A 490 should be carefully considered.

1.3 Nuts are covered in Specification A 563. Unless otherwise specified, the grade and style of nut for each grade of fastener shall be as follows:

Grade of Fastener and Surface Finish
Nut Grade and
Style^A

BC, plain (or with a coating of insufficient thick-
ness to require over-tapped nuts)
C, heavy hex

BC, zinc-coated (or with a coating thickness re-
quiring over-tapped nuts)
DH, heavy hex

BD, all finishes
DH, heavy hex
^A Nuts of other grades and styles having specified proof load stresses (Specification A 563, Table 3) greater than the specified grade and style of nut are suitable.

1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.

1.5 Terms used in this specification are defined in Terminology F 1789 unless otherwise defined herein.
|alloy steel; bolts; steel; studs; Alloy steel bolting materials specifications; Bolting materials; Fasteners (metal) specifications; Steel bolting materials specifications; Steel fasteners specifications; Studs (materials/applications) specifications ; ICS Number Code 21.060.10 (Bolts, screws, studs)||TRUE/A354|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,CH|||||F16.02|01.08|||MP3|||||A354|Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts, Studs, and Other Externally Threaded Fasteners|A354||
This specification covers the chemical and mechanical requirements of quenched and tempered alloy steel bolts, studs, and other externally threaded fasteners. All fasteners shall be made from alloy steel conforming to the chemical composition requirements. Two levels of bolting strength are covered, designated Grades BC and BD. Selection will depend upon design and the stresses and service for which the product is to be used. Hardness, tensile strength, yield strength, elongation, and area reduction shall be tested to meet the requirements prescribed.
|A354|Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts,...|10.1520/A0354-07A 45751|Active|A355|2006-03-01|89(2006)|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Alloys, for Nitriding|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers alloy steel bars, suitable for surface hardening by nitriding, designated as Classes A, B, C, and D. Class A and Class D bars are general-purpose bars; Class B bars are free-machining bars; Class C bars contain 3.50 % nickel and are characterized by higher core strength. All classes are normally furnished in the hot-rolled, quenched, and tempered condition. However, centerless-ground or turned bars, in any of the classes, may be specified by the purchaser. Also, as-rolled, annealed, or unannealed bars suitable for forging may be purchased to this specification. When as-rolled, annealed, or unannealed bars are furnished, Sections 6, 10, and 11 are not applicable.
1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|alloy test bars; nitriding steel; steel bars; ICS Number Code 77.140.60 (Steel bars and rods)||TRUE/A355|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.15|01.05|||MP7|||||A355|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Alloys, for Nitriding|A355||
This specification covers standard specification for alloy steel bars, suitable for surface hardening by nitriding, designated as Classes A, B, C, and D. Class A and Class D bars are general-purpose bars; Class B bars are free-machining bars; Class C bars contain nickel and are characterized by higher core strength. All classes shall be furnished in the hot-rolled, quenched, and tempered condition. The steel shall be made by the electric-furnace process only. The microstructure resulting from heat treatment shall not show free ferrite in amounts exceeding the prescribed values. The maximum depth of total and partial decarburization of hot-rolled bars and heat-treated bars shall not exceed the amounts prescribed. Heat or cast analysis shall be performed on four classes of steel, wherein the material shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, aluminum, molybdenum, selenium, and nickel. After quenching and tempering, the steel shall conform to one of the specified hardness ranges.
|A355|Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Alloys, for Nitriding|10.1520/A0355-89R06 53796|Active|A356/A356M|2007-05-01|07|Specification|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Low Alloy, and Stainless Steel, Heavy-Walled for Steam Turbines|6|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers one grade of martensitic stainless steel and several grades of ferritic steel castings for cylinders (shells), valve chests, throttle valves, and other heavy-walled castings for steam turbine applications.
1.2 Optional supplementary requirements (S1 through S5) shall apply as selected by and specified by the purchaser.
1.3 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification.
|carbon steel; low-alloy steel; stainless steel; steam turbines; steel castings; ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A356|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.18|01.02|||MP7|||||A356A356M|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Low Alloy, and Stainless Steel, Heavy-Walled for Steam Turbines|A356||
This specification covers one grade of martensitic stainless steel and several grades of ferritic steel castings for cylindrical (shells), valve chests, throttle valves, and other heavy-walled castings for steam turbine applications. The steel shall be made by the open-hearth or electric-furnace process. Deoxidation of the carbon and low-alloy steel grades shall be by manganese and silicon. The castings shall be heat treated in either the normalized, tempered, or stress-relieved conditions. Mechanical properties such as tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation shall be determined by subjecting the specimens to a tension test.
|A356|Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Low Alloy, and...|10.1520/A0356_A0356M-07 66313|Active|A358/A358M|2008-12-15|08a|Specification|Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Austenitic Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service and General Applications|7|37.00|37.00|44.40||
1.1 This specification covers electric-fusion-welded austenitic chromium-nickel stainless steel pipe suitable for corrosive or high-temperature service, or both, or for general applications.
Note 1—The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as “nominal diameter,” “size,” and “nominal size.”

1.2 This specification covers the grades of alloy and stainless steel listed in Table 1. The selection of the proper grade and requirements for heat treatment shall be at the discretion of the purchaser, dependent on the service conditions to be encountered.

1.3 Five classes of pipe are covered as follows:

1.3.1 Class 1—Pipe shall be double welded by processes employing filler metal in all passes and shall be completely radiographed.

1.3.2 Class 2—Pipe shall be double welded by processes employing filler metal in all passes. No radiography is required.

1.3.3 Class 3—Pipe shall be single welded by processes employing filler metal in all passes and shall be completely radiographed.

1.3.4 Class 4—Same as Class 3 except that the weld pass exposed to the inside pipe surface may be made without the addition of filler metal (see 6.2.2.1 and 6.2.2.2).

1.3.5 Class 5—Pipe shall be double welded by processes employing filler metal in all passes and shall be spot radiographed.

1.4 Supplementary requirements covering provisions ranging from additional testing to formalized procedures for manufacturing practice are provided. Supplementary Requirements S1 through S6 are included as options to be specified when desired.

1.5 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system may not be exact equivalents; therefore, each system shall be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the “M” designation of this specification is specified in the order.

TABLE 1 Plate and Filler Metal Specifications

Grade
UNS
Desig-
nation
Material,
Type
ASTM Plate Specification No.
and Grade
Filler Metal Classification and UNS Designation^A for Applicable^B AWS Specification

A5.4
A5.9
A5.11
A5.14
A5.22
A5.30

Class. UNS Class. UNS Class. UNS Class. UNS Class. UNS Class. UNS

201 S20100 201 A 240
Type 201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

201LN S20153 201LN A 240
Type 201LN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

304 S30400 304 A 240
Type 304 E308 W30810 ER308 S30880
W30840 . . . . . . . . . . . . E308T W30831 IN308 S30880

304L S30403 304L A 240
Type 304 E308L W30813 ER308L S30883
W30843 . . . . . . . . . . . . E308LT W30835 IN308L S30883

304N S30451 304N A 240
Type 304N E308 W30810 ER308 S30880
W30840 . . . . . . . . . . . . E308T W30831 IN308 S30880

304LN S30453 304LN A 240
Type 304LN E308L W30813 ER308L S30883
W30843 . . . . . . . . . . . . W308LT W30835 IN308L S30883

304H S30409 304H A 240
Type 304H E308H W30810 ER308 S30880
W30840 . . . . . . . . . . . . E308T W30831 IN308 S30880

309Cb S30940 309Cb A 240
Type 309Cb E309Cb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

309S S30908 309S A 240
Type 309S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

310Cb S31040 310Cb A 240
Type 310Cb E310Cb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .

310S S31008 310S A 240
Type 310S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

316 S31600 316 A 240
Type 316 E316 W31610 ER316 S31680
W31640 . . . . . . . . . . . . E316T W31631 IN316 S31680

316L S31603 316L A 240
Type 316L E316L W31613 ER316L S31683
W31643 . . . . . . . . . . . . E316LT W31635 IN316L S31683

316N S31651 316N A 240
Type 316N E316 W31610 ER316 S31680
W31640 . . . . . . . . . . . . E316T W31631 IN316 S31680

316LN S31653 316LN A 240
Type 316LN E316L W31613 ER316L S31683
W31643 . . . . . . . . . . . . E316LT W31635 IN316L S31683

316H S31609 316H A 240
Type 316H E316H W31610 ER316H S31680
W31640 . . . . . . . . . . . . E316T W31631 IN316 S31680

317 S31700 317 A 240
Type 317 E317 W31710 ER 317 S31780
W31740 . . . . . . . . . . . . E317LT W31735 . . . . . .

317L S31703 317L A 240
Type 317L E317L W34713 ER317L S31783
W31743 . . . . . . . . . . . . E317LT W31735 . . . . . .

. . . S31727 . . . A 240
S31727 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S32053 . . . A 240
S32053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

321 S32100 321 A 240
Type 321 E347 W34710 ER321

ER347

S32180
W32140
S34780
W34740 . . . . . . . . . . . . E347T W34733 IN348 S34780

321H^C S32109^C 321H^C A 240
Type 321H^C E321H W34710 ER321

ER347 S32180
W32140
S34780
W34740 E347T W34731 IN348 S34780

347 S34700 347 A 240
Type 347 E347 W34710 ER347 S34780
W34740 . . . . . . . . . . . . E347T W34733 IN348 S34780

347H^C S34709^C 347H^C A 240
Type 347H^C E347H E347H W34710 ER347 S34780
W34740 E347T W34731 IN348 S34780

348 S34800 348 A 240
Type 348 E347 W34710 ER347 S34780
W34740 . . . . . . . . . . . . E347T W34733 IN348 S34780

XM-19 S22100 XM-19 A 240
Type XM-19 E209 W32210 ER209 S20980
W32240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

XM-29 S28300 XM-29 A 240
Type XM-29 E240 W32410 ER240 S23980
W32440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S31254 . . . A 240
S31254 . . . . . . . . . . . . ENiCrMo-3 W86112 ERNiCrMo-3 N06625 . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S30815 . . . A 240
S30815 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S31725 . . . A 240
S31725 . . . . . . . . . . . . ENiCrMo-3 W86112 ERNiCrMo-3 N06625 . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S31726 . . . A 240
S31726 . . . . . . . . . . . . ENiCrMo-3 W86112 ERNiCrMo-3 N06625 . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S30600^D . . . A 240
S30600^D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S34565 . . . A 240
S34565 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S30415 . . . A 240
S30415 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S32654 . . . A 240
S32654 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S31266 . . . A 240
S31266 . . . . . . . . . . . . ENiCrMo–13 W86059 ERNiCrMo–13 N06059 . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S31266 . . . A 240
S31266 . . . . . . . . . . . . ENiCrMo–10 W86022 ERNiCrMo–10 N06022 . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S32050 . . . A 240
S32050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . N08367 . . . A 240
N08367 . . . . . . . . . . . . ENiCrMo-3 W86112 ERNiCrMo-3 N06625 . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . N08904 . . . A 240
N08904 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . N08926 . . . A 240
N08926 . . . . . . . . . . . . ENiCrMo–3 W86112 ERNiCrMo–3 N06625 . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . N08800 . . . A 240
N08800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . N08810 . . . A 240
N08810 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . N08020 . . . A 240
N08020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . S20400 . . . A 240
S20400 E 209 W32210 ER209

S20980
W32240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
^A New designation established in accordance with Practice E 527and SAE J1086.

^B Choice of American Welding Society specification depends on the welding process used.

^C Minimum carbon content of the filler metal shall be 0.040 mass %.

^D In previous editions, S30600 was incorrectly shown as S01815.
|arc welded steel pipe; austenitic stainless steel; chromium-nickel steel; fusion welded steel pipe; high temperature application; steel pipe; temperature service applications; high; welded steel pipe; Arc-welded steel pipe/tube; Austenitic stainless steel pipe--specifications; Chromium-nickel-alloy steel--specifications; Electric-fusion-welded steel pipe; UNS N08020 (Ni-Fe-Cr alloy, Carpenter 20Cb3); UNS N08800 (Fe-Ni-Cr alloy, Incoloy 800); UNS N08810 (Fe-Ni-Cr alloy, Incoloy 800H); Welded steel pipe--specifications; ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A358|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,CH|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A358A358M|Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Austenitic Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service and General Applications|A358||
This specification covers electric-fusion-welded austenitic chromium-nickel stainless steel pipe suitable for corrosive or high-temperature service, or both, or for general applications. The pipes shall be sorted into five different classes. Class 1 pipes shall be double welded by processes employing filler metal in all passes and shall be completely radiographed. Pipes of Class 2 shall be double welded by processes employing filler metal in all passes with no radiography. Both Class 3 and Class 4 pipes shall be single welded except that the weld pass of the latter exposed to the inside pipe surface may be without the addition of filler metal. Pipes of Class 5 shall be double welded by processes employing filler metal and shall be spot radiographed. Weld defects shall be repaired by removal to sound metal and rewelding. Subsequent heat treatment shall be as required on the original welds. The finished pipes shall be subjected to transverse tension test, transverse guided-bend weld test, and hydrostatic test.
|A358|Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Austenitic...|10.1520/A0358_A0358M-08A 70912|Active|A363|2009-05-01|03(2009)e1|Specification|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Overhead Ground Wire Strand|3|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers high-strength, extra-high-strength, and utilities grades of concentric lay steel wire strand composed of three wires or seven wires with Class A, Class B, or Class C zinc coatings specifically intended for use as overhead ground wires or static wires for electric power transmission lines.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|coated overhead strand; steel wire strand; zinc-coated overhead strand; Electrical power systems--specifications; Ground wire strand; Overhead strand--specifications; Steel wire strand--specifications; Transmission lines (electric); Zinc-coated steel wire--specifications; ICS Number Code 29.060.10 (Wires)||TRUE/A363|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A05.12|01.06|||MP7|||||A363|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Overhead Ground Wire Strand|A363||
This specification covers high strength, extra-high-strength, and utilities grades of concentric lay steel wire strand composed of three wires or seven wires in class A, class B, or class C zinc coatings specifically intended for use as overhead ground wires or static wires for electric transmission lines. The strand shall have a left lay with a uniform pitch of not more than 16 times the nominal diameter of the strand. The strand is preformed when the component wires are set to the helical form which they assume in the product by any means of process other than by merely laying them about the strand core. The approximate weight per unit length of strand and the minimum breaking strength of the finished strand are presented. The elongation shall be measured as the percentage increase in separation between the jaws of the testing machine from the position after application of the initial load, to the position of at initial failure in the test specimen.
|A363|Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Overhead Ground...|10.1520/A0363-03R09E01 41060|Active|A367|2005-06-01|60(2005)|Test Method|Standard Test Methods of Chill Testing of Cast Iron|4|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 These test methods of chill testing apply to gray irons that are to be free of chill in the casting and to chilled irons that are to have a specific depth of chill in the casting. Two test methods of determining the chilling tendencies of cast iron are covered as follows. For many applications either test method will be satisfactory if test pieces of the proper dimensions are selected.
1.1.1 Test Method A, Wedge Test—This test is generally better adapted to the higher strength gray irons. The accelerated cooling rate to induce the formation of a chill is brought about through the design of the test specimen. This test method is simpler than Test Method B since maintenance of chill blocks or plates is not necessary.
1.1.2 Test Method B, Chill Test—This test is better adapted to the softer grades of gray iron and should be used if the casting is to have a specified depth of chill. The chill in this type of test is induced by casting one edge of the test specimen against a metal or graphite chilled plate or block.
1.2 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.
|ICS Number Code 77.140.80 (Iron and steel castings)||TRUE/A367|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A04.21|01.02|||MP4|||||A367|Standard Test Methods of Chill Testing of Cast Iron|A367||
This test method deals with gray irons that are to be free of chill in the casting and to chilled irons that are to have a specific depth of chill in the casting. The purpose of the test is to determine the chilling tendencies of cast iron. The two tests are wedge test and chill test. Both tests shall be made in a core which may either be single cores or gang cores and a pouring practice shall be performed. The wedge test is generally better adapted to the higher strength gray irons. The accelerated cooling rate that shall induce the formation of a chill shall be brought about through the design of the test specimen. The chill test is better adapted to the softer grades of gray iron and should be used if the casting have a specified depth of chill. The chill in this type of test shall be induced by casting one edge of the test specimen against a metal or graphite chilled plate or block. Wedge test is simpler than chill test since in the wedge test, maintenance of chill blocks or plates is not necessary.
|A367|Standard Test Methods of Chill Testing of Cast Iron|10.1520/A0367-60R05 68716|Active|A368|2009-05-01|95a(2009)|Specification|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire Strand|3|32.00|32.00|||
1.1 This specification covers stainless steel wire strand composed of a multiplicity of round wires and suitable for use as guy wires, overhead ground wires, and similar purposes.

1.2 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as standard. The values given in parentheses are mathematical conversions to SI units that are provided for information only and are not considered standard.
|stainless steel; wire strand; Stainless steel wire--specifications; Steel wire strand--specifications; ICS Number Code 29.060.10 (Wires)||TRUE/A368|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.17|01.03|||MP7|||||A368|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire Strand|A368||
This specification covers the standard for stainless steel wire strand composed of a multiplicity of round wires and suitable for use as guy wires, overhead ground wires, and similar purposes. Stranding shall be sufficiently close to ensure no appreciable reduction in diameter when stressed to the specified strength. Several types of steel are covered like Type 302, 304, 305, 316, 316Cb, or 316Ti and shall conform to the required chemical composition values in carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, nickel, molybdenum, and nitrogen. The tensile strength, based upon the nominal strand diameter and the number of wires in each strand, shall conform to the minimum values in breaking strength. The individual wires of the completed strand shall not fracture when wrapped in a close helix of at least two turns upon itself as a mandrel.
|A368|Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire Strand|10.1520/A0368-95AR09 49274|Active|A369/A369M|2006-09-01|06|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon and Ferritic Alloy Steel Forged and Bored Pipe for High-Temperature Service|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers heavy-wall carbon and alloy steel pipe (Note 0) made from turned and bored forgings and is intended for high-temperature service. Pipe ordered under this specification shall be suitable for bending and other forming operations and for fusion welding. Selection will depend on design, service conditions, mechanical properties and high-temperature characteristics. Note 0The use of the word "pipe" throughout the several sections of this specification is used in the broad sense and intended to mean pipe headers, or leads.
Note 2
The dimensionless designator NPS (nominal pipe size) has been substituted in this standard for such traditional terms as "nominal diameter," "size," and "nominal size."
1.2 Several grades of ferritic steels are covered. Their compositions are given in .
1.3 Supplementary requirements (S1 to S6) of an optional nature are provided. These supplementary requirements call for additional tests to be made, and when desired shall be so stated in the order, together with the number of such tests required.
1.4 The values stated in either inch-pound units or SI units are to be regarded separately as standard. Within the text, the SI units are shown in brackets. The values stated in each system are not exact equivalents; therefore, each system must be used independently of the other. Combining values from the two systems may result in nonconformance with the specification. The inch-pound units shall apply unless the "M" designation of this specification is specified in the order.
|ICS Number Code 23.040.10 (Iron and steel pipes)||TRUE/A369|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M|||||A01.10|01.01|||MP7|||||A369A369M|Standard Specification for Carbon and Ferritic Alloy Steel Forged and Bored Pipe for High-Temperature Service|A369||
This guide specifies standard specification for heavy-wall carbon and alloy steel pipe made from turned and bored forgings and is intended for high-temperature service. Heat and product analysis shall be conducted on several grades of ferritic steels, wherein the material shall conform to the required chemical composition for carbon, manganese, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, chromium, and molybdenum. The steel pipe shall conform to the required tensile properties like tensile strength, yield strength, and elongation. Required mechanical tests for the steel pipe include transverse or longitudinal tension test, flattening test, and bend test.
|A369|Standard Specification for Carbon and Ferritic Alloy Steel Forged and...|10.1520/A0369_A0369M-06 70549|Active|A370|2009-06-01|09ae1|Test Method|Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products|47|58.00|58.00|69.60||
1.1 These test methods cover procedures and definitions for the mechanical testing of steels, stainless steels, and related alloys. The various mechanical tests herein described are used to determine properties required in the product specifications. Variations in testing methods are to be avoided, and standard methods of testing are to be followed to obtain reproducible and comparable results. In those cases in which the testing requirements for certain products are unique or at variance with these general procedures, the product specification testing requirements shall control.

1.2 The following mechanical tests are described:

Sections

Tension 5 to 13

Bend 14

Hardness 15

Brinell 16

Rockwell 17

Portable 18

Impact 19 to 28

Keywords 29

1.3 Annexes covering details peculiar to certain products are appended to these test methods as follows:

Annex

Bar Products A1.1

Tubular Products Annex A2

Fasteners Annex A3

Round Wire Products Annex A4

Significance of Notched-Bar Impact Testing Annex A5

Converting Percentage Elongation of Round Specimens to
Equivalents for Flat Specimens Annex A6

Testing Multi-Wire Strand Annex A7

Rounding of Test Data Annex A8

Methods for Testing Steel Reinforcing Bars Annex A9

Procedure for Use and Control of Heat-Cycle Simulation Annex A10

1.4 The values stated in inch-pound units are to be regarded as the standard.

1.5 When this document is referenced in a metric product specification, the yield and tensile values may be determined in inch-pound (ksi) units then converted into SI (MPa) units. The elongation determined in inch-pound gauge lengths of 2 or 8 in. may be reported in SI unit gauge lengths of 50 or 200 mm, respectively, as applicable. Conversely, when this document is referenced in an inch-pound product specification, the yield and tensile values may be determined in SI units then converted into inch-pound units. The elongation determined in SI unit gauge lengths of 50 or 200 mm may be reported in inch-pound gauge lengths of 2 or 8 in., respectively, as applicable.

1.6 Attention is directed to ISO/IEC 17025 when there may be a need for information on criteria for evaluation of testing laboratories.

1.7 This standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if any, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limitations prior to use.|bend test; Brinell hardness; Charpy impact test; elongation; FATT (Fracture Appearance Transition Temperature); hardness test; portable hardness; reduction of area; Rockwell hardness; tensile strength; tension test; yield strength
; Steel valves; Steel wire; Temperature tests--metals/alloys; Tensile properties/testing--steel; Tin mill products; Yield strength and yield point; Steel tube; Bend testing--metallic materials; Brinell hardness; Charpy impact test; Elongation--metallic materials; Forgings; Fracture appearance transition temperature (FATT); Generator materials; Hardness (indentation)--metallic materials; Impact resistance; Impact testing--Charpy; Mechanical analysis/testing; Pressure vessel steel; Railroad steel materials; Rockwell hardness; Seven-wire strand (tendon); Shipbuilding steel materials--specifications; Steel; Steel bars; Steel bolting materials; Steel chain; Steel pipe; Steel sheet; Steel sheet/strip; Steel sheet/strip/plate; ICS Number Code 77.040.10 (Mechanical testing of metals); 77.140.01 (Iron and steel products in general)||TRUE/A370|||0000-00-00|0000-00-00|M,B,D,N,Z|||||A01.13|01.03|||MP7|||||A370|Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products|A370|
Ductile vs. Brittle Behavior—Body-centered-cubic or ferritic alloys exhibit a significant transition in behavior when impact tested over a range of temperatures. At temperatures above transition, impact specimens fracture by a ductile (usually microvoid coalescence) mechanism, absorbing relatively large amounts of energy. At lower temperatures, they fracture in a brittle (usually cleavage) manner absorbing appreciably less energy. Within the transition range, the fracture will generally be a mixture of areas of ductile fracture and brittle fracture.

The temperature range of the transition from one type of behavior to the other varies according to the material being tested. This transition behavior may be defined in various ways for specification purposes.

The specification may require a minimum test result for absorbed energy, fracture appearance, lateral expansion, or a combination thereof, at a specified test temperature.

The specification may require the determination of the transition temperature at which either the absorbed energy or fracture appearance attains a specified level when testing is performed over a range of temperatures. Alternatively the specification may require the determination of the fracture appearance transition temperature (FATTn) as the temperature at which the required minimum percentage of shear fracture (n) is obtained.

Further information on the significance of impact testing appears in Annex A5.
||A370|Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel...|10.1520/A0370-09AE01 60745|Active|A372/A372M|2008-03-01|03(2008)|Specification|Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Thin-Walled Pressure Vessels|4|32.00|32.00|38.40||
1.1 This specification covers relatively thin-walled forgings (including gas bottles) for pressure vessel use. Three types of carbon steel and six types of alloy steel are included. Provision is made for integrally forging the ends of vessel bodies made from seamless pipe or tubing.

Note 1—When working to the chemical and tensile requirements of this specification, the influence of wall thickness and cooling rate will necessarily eliminate certain forging sizes in each class.

Note 2—Designations have been changed as follows:

Current Formerly

Grade A Type I

Grade B Type II

Grade C Type III

Grade D Type IV

Grade E Class 55 Type V Grade 1 Class 55

Grade E Cla

ASTM Designation³	Title of Specification
A 36/A 36M	Carbon Structural Steel
A 131/A 131M	Structural Steel for Ships
A 242/A 242M	High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel
A 283/A 283M	Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates
A 328/A 328M	Steel Sheet Piling
A 514/A 514M	High-Yield Strength, Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate Suitable for Welding
A 529/A 529M	High-Strength Carbon-Manganese Steel of Structural Quality
A 572/A 572M	High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Steel
A 573/A 573M	Structural Carbon Steel Plates of Improved Toughness
A 588/A 588M	High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel with 50 ksi (345 MPa) Minimum Yield Point to 4 in. [100 mm] Thick
A 633/A 633M	Normalized High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel Plates
A 656/A 656M	Hot-Rolled Structural Steel, High-Strength Low-Alloy Plate with Improved Formability
A 678/A 678M	Quenched-and-Tempered Carbon and High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel Plates
A 690/A 690M	High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel H-Piles and Sheet Piling for Use in Marine Environments
A 709/A 709M	Carbon and High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars and Quenched-and-Tempered Alloy Structural Steel Plates for Bridges
A 710/A 710M	Age-Hardening Low-Carbon Nickel-Copper-Chromium-Mo- lybdenum-Columbium Alloy Structural Steel Plates
A 769/A 769M	Carbon and High-Strength Electric Resistance Welded Steel Structural Shapes
A 786/A 786M	Rolled Steel Floor Plates
A 808/A 808M	High-Strength Low-Alloy Carbon, Manganese, Columbium, Vanadium Steel of Structural Quality with Improved Notch Toughness
A 827/A 827M	Plates, Carbon Steel, for Forging and Similar Applications
A 829/A 829M	Plates, Alloy Steel, Structural Quality
A 830/A 830M	Plates, Carbon Steel, Structural Quality, Furnished to Chemical Composition Requirements
A 852/A 852M	Quenched and Tempered Low-Alloy Structural Steel Plate with 70 ksi [485 Mpa] Minimum Yield Strength to 4 in. [100 mm] Thick
A 857/A 857M	Steel Sheet Piling, Cold Formed, Light Gage
A 871/A 871M	High-Strength Low Alloy Structural Steel Plate with Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance
A 913/A 913M	Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel Shapes of Structural Quality, Produced by Quenching and Self-Tempering Process (QST)
A 945/A 945M	Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Structural Steel Plate with Low Carbon and Restricted Sulfur for Improved Weldability, Formability, and Toughness
A 950/A 950M	Specification for Fusion Bonded Epoxy-Coated Structural Steel H-Piles and Sheet Piling
A 992/A 992M	Specification for Steel for Structural Shapes for Use in Building Framing
A 1026	Specification for Alloy Steel Structural Shapes for Use in Building Framing
A 1043/A 1043M	Specification for Structural Steel with Low Yield to Tensile Ratio for Use in Buildings

	Tables
Extra heavy, 2½ ft (0.75 m), 3½ft (1.0 m), 5 ft (1.5 m), 10 ft (3.0 m) lengths	1, 2
Service, 2½ ft (0.75 m), 3½ft (1.0 m), 5 ft (1.5 m), 10 ft (3.0 m)	1, 2
Outside dimensions (for detailing)	X1.1

	Tables
¼ bends; long ¼ bends	3, 4
¼ bends, long low-hub	5
¼ bends, low heel; high heel	6, 7
¼ bends, short sweep; long sweep	8
¼ bends, reducing long sweep	9
¹/₅ bends	10
¹/₆ bends	10
¹/₈ bends; long ¹/₈ bends	11
¹/₁₆ bends	11
Y branches	12, 13
Y branches, combination ¹/₈ bends, single	14
Y branches, combination ¹/₈ bends, double	14
Sanitary T branches, single	15
Sanitary T branches, double	15
Sanitary T branches, cleanout	16
Tapped sanitary T branches, single	17
Tapped sanitary T branches, double	17
T branches, single and double	18
Tapped T branches, single	19
Tapped T branches, double	19
T branches, cleanout	20
-45° offset fitting	21
Double hubs	22
Long double hubs	22
Reducers	23
Increasers	24, 25
P traps	26, 27
Deep seal P traps	28
Running traps	29
Screw plugs (brass)	30
Blind plugs	31
Iron-body ferrules	32
Side inlets	Fig. 3
Closet bends	33
Tapping bosses	34
Reducing ¼ bend SV	35
Combination Y and ¹/₈ bend	36
‘H’ branch fitting	37

Standard ferromanganese	Grade A
	Grade B
	Grade C
Medium-carbon ferromanganese	Grades A,B,C, and D
	Nitrided
Low-carbon ferromanganese	Grade A
	Grade B

Width, in.	Thickness, in.

Over ½ to 23¹⁵/₁₆	0.300 and under
Over 12.5 to 600 mm	7.6 mm and under

Grade	Nominal Nickel Content %	Yield Strength, min, ksi [MPa]	Tensile Strength, min, ksi [MPa]
A	2.25	37 [255]	65 [450]
B	2.25	40 [275]	70 [485]
D	3.50	37 [255]	65 [450]
E	3.50	40 [275]	70 [485]
F	3.50
2 in. [50 mm] and under		55 [380]	80 [550] cccc
Over 2 in. [50 mm]		50 [345]	75 [515]

Grade	Maximum Thickness, in. [mm]
A	6 [150]
B	6 [150]
D	4 [100]
E	4 [100]
F	4 [100]

Grade	Tensile Strength, ksi [MPa]
A	65–85 [450–585]
B	70–90 [485–620]
C	75–95 [515–655]

Grade		Tensile Strength, ksi [MPa]
C		105–135 [725–930]
D
3 in. [75 mm] and under		80–105 [550–725]
Over 3 in. [75 mm]		75–100 [515–690]

	Element	Range, %

	Carbon	0.10–0.70
	Manganese	0.50–1.65
	Silicon	0.15–0.60
	Nickel	1.50 max
	Chromium	1.35 max
	Molybdenum	0.55 max
	Copper	0.35 max
	Vanadium	0.20 max

Steel Series	Ordered Carbon Content, max, %	Normalizing Temperature, °F (°C)	Austenitizing Temperature, °F (°C)
1000, 1300, 1500, 3100, 4000, 4100	0.25 and under	1700 (925)	1700 (925)
4300, 4400, 4500, 4600, 4700, 5000, 5100, 6100,^B 8100, 8600, 8700, 8800, 9400, 9700, 9800	0.26 to 0.36, incl	1650 (900)	1600 (870)
	0.37 and over	1600 (870)	1550 (845)
2300, 2500, 3300, 4800, 9300	0.25 and under	1700 (925)	1550 (845)
	0.26 to 0.36, incl	1650 (900)	1500 (815)
	0.37 and over	1600 (870)	1475 (800)
9200	0.50 and over	1650 (900)	1600 (870)

Current	Formerly
Grade 1	Class 1
Grade 2	Class 2
Grade 3	Class 3
Grade 4	Class 4

Grade	Tensile Strength, ksi [MPa]
A	45–65 [310–450]
B	50–70 [345–485]
C	55–75 [380–515]

Grade	Tensile Strength, ksi [MPa]	Type
A	75–95 [515–655]	manganese-molybdenum
B	80–100 [550–690]	manganese-molybdenum
C	80–100 [550–690]	manganese-molybdenum-nickel
D	80–100 [550–690]	manganese-molybdenum-nickel

Grade	Description

Grade A	Bolts and studs having a minimum tensile strength of 60 ksi and intended for general applications,
Grade B	Bolts and studs having a tensile strength of 60 to 100 ksi and intended for flanged joints in piping systems with cast iron flanges, and
Grade C	Replaced by Specification F 1554 Gr.36

Fastener Grade and Size	Nut Grade and Style^A
A ¼ to 1½in.	A, hex
A over 1¹/₂ to 4 in.	A, heavy hex
B, ¼ to 4 in.	A, heavy hex

Type	Description
Type 1	Medium carbon, carbon boron, or medium carbon alloy steel.
Type 2	Withdrawn in November 1991.
Type 3	Weathering steel.

Permeameter	Useful Magnetic Field Strength Range^A		H Measuring Device^B	Reluctance Compensation	Magnetizing Coil Surrounds Specimen	References
Permeameter	Oe	kA/m	H Measuring Device^B	Reluctance Compensation	Magnetizing Coil Surrounds Specimen	References
Babbit	40/1000	3.2/80	I, HC	yes	yes	(1,2)
Burroughs	0.1/300	0.008/24	I	yes	yes	(1,3,4,5)
Fahy Simplex^C	0.1/300	0.008/24	HC	no	no	(1,4,5,6,7)
Fahy Simplex Super H adapter^C	100/2500	8/200	HC	no	no	(1,3)
Full range	0.05/1400	0.004/112	HC	yes	yes	(1,8)
High H	100/5000	8/400	FC	yes	no	(1,5,7,9)
Iliovici	0.5/500	0.04/400	I, HC	yes	yes	(4,10,11)
IEC Type A	0.1/2500	0.008/200	HC, HP	no	yes	IEC 60404-4
IEC Type B	0.1/630	0.008/50	RCC	no	no	IEC 60404-4
Isthmus	100/20 000+	8/1600+	HC, HP	no	no	(1,4,12,13)
MH	0.1/300	0.008/24	FC	yes	yes	(1,6,14)
NPL	0.5/2500	0.04/200	I, HC	yes	yes	(15)
Saturation	100/4000	8/320	HC	no	yes	(5,16,17)

Grade of Fastener and Surface Finish	Nut Grade and Style^A
BC, plain (or with a coating of insufficient thick- ness to require over-tapped nuts)	C, heavy hex
BC, zinc-coated (or with a coating thickness re- quiring over-tapped nuts)	DH, heavy hex
BD, all finishes	DH, heavy hex


Grade	UNS Desig- nation	Material, Type	ASTM Plate Specification No. and Grade	Filler Metal Classification and UNS Designation^A for Applicable^B AWS Specification
				A5.4		A5.9		A5.11		A5.14		A5.22		A5.30
				Class.	UNS	Class.	UNS	Class.	UNS	Class.	UNS	Class.	UNS	Class.	UNS

201	S20100	201	A 240 Type 201	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
201LN	S20153	201LN	A 240 Type 201LN	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
304	S30400	304	A 240 Type 304	E308	W30810	ER308	S30880 W30840	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E308T	W30831	IN308	S30880
304L	S30403	304L	A 240 Type 304	E308L	W30813	ER308L	S30883 W30843	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E308LT	W30835	IN308L	S30883
304N	S30451	304N	A 240 Type 304N	E308	W30810	ER308	S30880 W30840	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E308T	W30831	IN308	S30880
304LN	S30453	304LN	A 240 Type 304LN	E308L	W30813	ER308L	S30883 W30843	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	W308LT	W30835	IN308L	S30883
304H	S30409	304H	A 240 Type 304H	E308H	W30810	ER308	S30880 W30840	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E308T	W30831	IN308	S30880
309Cb	S30940	309Cb	A 240 Type 309Cb	E309Cb	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
309S	S30908	309S	A 240 Type 309S	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
310Cb	S31040	310Cb	A 240 Type 310Cb	E310Cb	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . ..	. . .	. . .	. . .
310S	S31008	310S	A 240 Type 310S	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
316	S31600	316	A 240 Type 316	E316	W31610	ER316	S31680 W31640	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E316T	W31631	IN316	S31680
316L	S31603	316L	A 240 Type 316L	E316L	W31613	ER316L	S31683 W31643	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E316LT	W31635	IN316L	S31683
316N	S31651	316N	A 240 Type 316N	E316	W31610	ER316	S31680 W31640	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E316T	W31631	IN316	S31680
316LN	S31653	316LN	A 240 Type 316LN	E316L	W31613	ER316L	S31683 W31643	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E316LT	W31635	IN316L	S31683
316H	S31609	316H	A 240 Type 316H	E316H	W31610	ER316H	S31680 W31640	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E316T	W31631	IN316	S31680
317	S31700	317	A 240 Type 317	E317	W31710	ER 317	S31780 W31740	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E317LT	W31735	. . .	. . .
317L	S31703	317L	A 240 Type 317L	E317L	W34713	ER317L	S31783 W31743	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E317LT	W31735	. . .	. . .
. . .	S31727	. . .	A 240 S31727	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S32053	. . .	A 240 S32053	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
321	S32100	321	A 240 Type 321	E347	W34710	ER321 ER347	S32180 W32140 S34780 W34740	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E347T	W34733	IN348	S34780
321H^C	S32109^C	321H^C	A 240 Type 321H^C	E321H	W34710	ER321 ER347	S32180 W32140 S34780 W34740					E347T	W34731	IN348	S34780
347	S34700	347	A 240 Type 347	E347	W34710	ER347	S34780 W34740	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E347T	W34733	IN348	S34780
347H^C	S34709^C	347H^C	A 240 Type 347H^C	E347H	E347H	W34710	ER347	S34780 W34740				E347T	W34731	IN348	S34780
348	S34800	348	A 240 Type 348	E347	W34710	ER347	S34780 W34740	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	E347T	W34733	IN348	S34780
XM-19	S22100	XM-19	A 240 Type XM-19	E209	W32210	ER209	S20980 W32240	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
XM-29	S28300	XM-29	A 240 Type XM-29	E240	W32410	ER240	S23980 W32440	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S31254	. . .	A 240 S31254	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	ENiCrMo-3	W86112	ERNiCrMo-3	N06625	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S30815	. . .	A 240 S30815	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S31725	. . .	A 240 S31725	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	ENiCrMo-3	W86112	ERNiCrMo-3	N06625	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S31726	. . .	A 240 S31726	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	ENiCrMo-3	W86112	ERNiCrMo-3	N06625	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S30600^D	. . .	A 240 S30600^D	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S34565	. . .	A 240 S34565	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S30415	. . .	A 240 S30415	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S32654	. . .	A 240 S32654	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S31266	. . .	A 240 S31266	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	ENiCrMo–13	W86059	ERNiCrMo–13	N06059	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S31266	. . .	A 240 S31266	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	ENiCrMo–10	W86022	ERNiCrMo–10	N06022	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S32050	. . .	A 240 S32050	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	N08367	. . .	A 240 N08367	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	ENiCrMo-3	W86112	ERNiCrMo-3	N06625	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	N08904	. . .	A 240 N08904	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	N08926	. . .	A 240 N08926	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	ENiCrMo–3	W86112	ERNiCrMo–3	N06625	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	N08800	. . .	A 240 N08800	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	N08810	. . .	A 240 N08810	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	N08020	. . .	A 240 N08020	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .
. . .	S20400	. . .	A 240 S20400	E 209	W32210	ER209	S20980 W32240	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .	. . .

	Sections
Tension	5 to 13
Bend	14
Hardness	15
Brinell	16
Rockwell	17
Portable	18
Impact	19 to 28
Keywords	29

	Annex
Bar Products	A1.1
Tubular Products	Annex A2
Fasteners	Annex A3
Round Wire Products	Annex A4
Significance of Notched-Bar Impact Testing	Annex A5
Converting Percentage Elongation of Round Specimens to Equivalents for Flat Specimens	Annex A6
Testing Multi-Wire Strand	Annex A7
Rounding of Test Data	Annex A8
Methods for Testing Steel Reinforcing Bars	Annex A9
Procedure for Use and Control of Heat-Cycle Simulation	Annex A10